Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 292

1961-2011

Headquarters: via Novara 199


28078 Romagnano Sesia (NO) ITALY
Ph. +39 0163 828111 Fax +39 0163 828130
info@brandoni.it www.brandoni.it
China: BRANDONI QIANAN VALVES CO. LTD.
www.brandoni.net.cn
Spain: ACUAFLOW VALVES S.L.
www.acuafowvalves.es
F
o
r

5
0

y
e
a
r
s

w
e

h
a
v
e

b
e
e
n

in

lo
v
e
w
it
h

v
a
l
v
e
s

www.brandoni.it
10 110
256 280 270
3
Brandonis general catalogue is the support that we
give to our clientele for clear and easy consultation.
It contains all of our history:
> 50 years of passion and dedication
> 50 years of experience, with some useful advise
> 50 years of products, organized by application feld
Summary
242 242 242 242 242 242
FILTRATION
SHUT-OFF VALVES
162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162
PROTECTION CHECK VALVES
JOINTS
184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184
REGULATION
INFO SOLENOID VALVES
4
www.brandoni.it
In 1985, the company diversifes its
activities and becomes the frst producer
of fanged ball valves in cast iron, with
extremely innovative characteristics.
Until the 90s, the growth of the company
was driven mainly by a successful
technical approach:
The construction and production of
valves according to the strict European
standards and norms
Substantial investments in technology
to achieve high automation levels in
production.
1995: A turning point, the company
becomes Brandoni SpA and evolves from
a product-related strategy to a market-
oriented strategy in response to the
requirements of the new global market.
Founded in 1961 by Gian Renzo and Pier
Francesco Brandoni, the company Fratelli
Brandoni produces components for the
electromechanical industry supplying
companies such as Pirelli, 3 M and CEAT.
In the same year, Brandoni SpA is one of the frst
companies in the Valsesia district to obtain the
ISO 9002 quality certifcation, which recently became
UNI EN ISO 9001 version 2008.
Our company
keeping up with a changing world
www.brandoni.it
5
TODAY, innovation is the keyword and the driving
force that governs Brandonis activities, with
investments in research and development,
as well as in renewable energies, and purchasing of
machinery with state-of-the-art technology,
the training of human resources and enhancing
customer service.
These commitments enable developing new solutions
to enlarge the range and improve our performance.
During 2004, ACUAFLOW VALVES S.L. is founded in Madrid to serve the
Spanish market with products related to the water cycle.
In 2006, Brandoni opens its plant at QianAn in China, which has been
certifed ISO 9001 recently for the production of butterfy valves, ball
check valves, soft seated gate valves and flters, products formerly
distributed by Brandoni.
2007: In order to enhance service to the fast developing East-European
area, Brandoni adheres to the HIDROTECH consortium.
6
www.brandoni.it
Our production
how and where we produce
QianAn represents a starting point for collecting the
considerable opportunities offered by the huge Chinese
market with its keen interest in quality products.
















Q
I
A N

A
N
M
AD
E
IN
Q
I
A
A
N
M
A
A N AA

IN




















R
O
M
A G
N
A
N
O
M
AD
E
IN
www.brandoni.it
7
Along with production, Brandoni is also
engaged in trading (items in in stainless
steel, expansion joints, knife gate valves)
granting the service of one of the most
complete catalogues in the industrial
valve sector.
The new production line goes along with the consolidated production
of ball valves, backfow preventers, check valves and balancing
valves in Romagnano Sesia, where new painting plant and new
automatic machinery have been recently installed,
as well as equipment for testing of the backfow preventers.
8
www.brandoni.it
E
A
S
Y

J
O
B
F
ORM
U
L
A
1 2 3
4
5
Information you can fnd on our website
On our website www.brandoni.it, you can fnd information about our range, to help you select the right product. On selecting
HOME, you can download the following:
To make consultation easier, we have listed some useful information.
> Icons that relate to certifcation, application felds and origin of the products.
> Information available on our web-site www.brandoni.it
> A technical section containing measurement and conversion charts.
> Some indications on how to place the order in response to your frequent requirements.
PDF fles download without registration
1 CATALOGUE - search for series

2 DOWNLOAD - technical information

3 CERTIFICATION - manufacturing and
product certifcation
Registered users
For access to this section, registration is required.
You will be provided with a login and a pass-
word, which will enable you to download prices
and technical drawings.
4 PRICELIST
5 2D and 3D MODELS - section for CAD users
At the end of this catalogue, you will fnd a chapter with all the necessary technical and commercial information for placing an order:
CHARTS for fanges, material, chemical compatibility and dimensions
HEAD LOSS CHARTS
ORDER SHEET to be copied and flled in. This contains all the necessary indications for a correct and prompt handling of your order
RETURN FORM to be copied for reuse being the form for goods to be eventually returned
THE ARTICLE NUMBER the article number consists of letters and numbers, which specify the individual item.
When flling in the order sheet, only the code shown in the catalogue should be mentioned.
SALES CONDITIONS
www.brandoni.it
Hygienic Certifcation










E
U
R O
P
E

B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in


















C
H I N
A
B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
9
Brandoni S.p.A. Industrial valves has been one of the
frst companies in the Valsesia area to obtain the
quality certifcation according to ISO 9002, recently
modifed into UNI EN ISO 9001 Version 2008.
All kinds of machinery for the production comply with
the most severe European norms with certifcation
of the products for approval DIN-DVGW for gas: EN
12729 and WRAS for backfow preventer and guide-
line 97/23/CE(PED).
Brandoni also obtained the requested certifcations
for the following countries: Sweden, Romania, Czech
Republic, Slovakia, Russia (GOST).
Since 2010 also Brandoni QianAn Valves Co. Ltd. is
certifed ISO 9001:2008.
Certifcation
TRANSPARENCY of ORIGIN
All Brandoni products are checked and tested to ensure constant quality standards
that comply with conformity requirements.
We are confdent in our high quality product range, and in accordance with our
philosophy of transparency, the catalogue shows the origin of each product.
In order to choose the correct valve, for the most suitable solution, the catalogue gives the description, the certifcations
available and the main application felds, indicated by an icon.
WATER CONDITIONING GAS HEATING DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY FIRE FIGHTING MARINE
Legend
ISO 9001-2008 Certifcation
Brandoni QianAn Valves Co. Ltd.
ISO 9001-2008 Certifcation
Brandoni S.p.A. - Italy
Council Directive
98/83/CE
Certifcation GOST
Certifcation
EN 1717 - EN12729
Directive pressure
equipment 97/23/CE PED
Certifcation for Gas
EN13774
10
www.brandoni.it
Shut-off valves
WATER CONDITIONING GAS HEATING
DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY FIRE FIGHTING MARINE
Shut-off valves are largely installed in process
environments, and in the sectioning of the plant
for easy maintenance.
www.brandoni.it
11
Summary
Series B1

Series B2.1

Series B2.3/7 (R2.3/7 - S2.3/7)

Instructions / Recommendations /
Accessories for series B1, B2.1, B2.3/7
Series 04.1 (T4-Y4)

Series 01-02 stainless steel
(01.411-01.622-02.622)

Series 03-04 stainless steel
(A3.622-B3.622-C3.622-04.622)
Series J9

Series L9
Instructions / Recommendations /
Accessories for butterfy valves
Series 20.900 21.900
Instructions / Recommendations /
Accessories for soft seated gate valves
Series 18

Series 19

Series 23
Instructions / Recommendations /
Accessories for knife gate valves
12
18
24
32
34
42
50
60
68
75
78
84
86
92
98
104
Ball valves


Butterfy valves
Soft seated gate valves
Knife gate valves
12
www.brandoni.it
Serie B1










E
U
R O
P
E

B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Wafer cast iron ball valve
Application felds
FIRE FIGHTING DRINKING WATER WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
1
7
3
2
5
6
4
8
Serie B1

13
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Flanges: EN 1092, ANSI B16.5 #150
Design: EN 1983, EN13445, ISO 5211
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266 cat. A
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
1. Inside and outside epoxy coating,
high-temperature resistance.
Environmentally friendly water-based paint.
2. Integrated fange, in accordance with ISO 5211
for DN 40-100. DN 20-32 suitable for mounting
kit ISO.
3. Removing and repositioning of the plate
at 90 allows locking of the valve in
ON-OFF position.
4. The dynamic seal of the stem is guaranteed
by a double O-ring, even in severe
working conditions.
5. Blow-out proof stem.
6. Seat of ball in reinforced PTFE, as temperature
changes, the torque remains constant.
7. Ball with full and straight bore, in chrome-plated
brass or stainless steel.
8. Most compact design, non-standard face
to face dimension.
Series B1 consists of wafer-ball-type shut-off valves, with the body in cast iron and a foating ball, manufactured in accor-
dance with the severe product standards and the quality management of ISO 9001.
Suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, distribution and water treatment, industrial applications,
agricultural applications, for compressed air processing, for oils and hydrocarbons.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for installation in-line and end of line, for services with frequent acting, the integrated ISO 5211 support allows the
installation of a wide range of actuators .
The B1 wafer ball valves are full and straight bore reducing turbulences and minimizing head loss.
NO: for steam, for choking and fow regulation.
Stem extension for thermal insulation
Square cap for water main system connection
Extension for water main system connection
Kit for lockable operation lever
Kit for limit switches for ON/OFF position indicator
Kit for ISO fanges
Double acting and single acting pneumatic actuators
On request: limit switches, position indicator
Electric actuators
Gear boxes
Accessories
Refer to specifcations on page 32
Actuators

Through-drilled ball for legionella thermal preventive treatment.


Drainage plug
Special items
14
www.brandoni.it
J
ISO5211
n x q
S
5
1
8 4
10
2
6
9
7
8
3
8
11
A
H
H
1
B
12
E
C
P
n x M
F
J
E
10 12
1 3
2
4
8
6
5
7
8
9
8
11
B
H
1
A
H
ISO 5211
n x q
S
C
P
nx M
F
Wafer cast iron ball valve
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
B
1

D
N
2
0

-

3
2
B
1

D
N
4
0

-

1
0
0
www.brandoni.it
Serie B1

15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Component
Body
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
O-ring
Lever
Stop plate
Spring washer
Nut
Material
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
Brass CuZn40Pb2 chrome plated / AISI304 / AISI316
Reinforced PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI304 / AISI316
PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI304 / AISI316
NBR / FKM (Viton)
Epoxy coated carbon steel
Galvanized carbon steel
Galvanized carbon steel
Galvanized carbon steel
Materials
B1.000 1,9 2,54 3,6 5,1 6,4 8,8 11,5 14,8
B1.010 - B1.011 1,9 2,54 3,6 5,4 7,1 10,5 12,7 18,5
Nm 15 18 18 18 20 40 70 100
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Operating torque (Nm)
20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
20 25 32 40 50 63 76 95
not standardized 40 50 55 65 80 100 120 130
83 96 101 125 133 142 166 181
52 59 64 78,5 87 95 118 132,5
160 170 170 230 230 230 280 360
EN 1092/2 PN16 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220
4x M12 4x M12 4x M16 4x M16 4x M16 4x M16 8x M16 8x M16
75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180
F03 F04 F04 F05 F05 F05 F07 F07
36 42 42 50 50 50 70 70
4x M5 4x M5 4x M5 4x7 4x7 4x7 4x9 4x9
11,5 14,5 14,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 20 20
9 11 11 14 14 14 17 17
DN
P
A
H
H1
B
C
n x M
F
ISO 5211
J
n x q
E
S
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
16
www.brandoni.it
D
N

3
2
D
N

6
5
D
N

8
0
10
1
100
D
N

1
0
0
1000 10 100
mmH2O/m
mc/h
D
N

2
0
D
N

2
5
D
N

5
0
1000
D
N

4
0
DN 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
Kv mc/h 47,7 83,5 150,4 255 435 672 947 1508
Kv - DN chart
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Pressure/temperature chart
Maximum pressure Temperature
RANGE NOT SUITABLE FOR STEAM. DO NOT use when temperature and pressure are below the liquid-steam saturation line ( hatched area )
Wafer cast iron ball valve
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
104 32
10
F
bar
C
20
20 40 60 80 100 160 140 120
psi
145
290
4 8 2 8 4 2 8 6 320 212
0
176 140
1
Liquid - steam saturation line (fluid: water)
2 bar
3.6 bar
6.2 bar
25
5
15
362
217
72
150
-4
-10 -25


Fluids * Mounting
BETWEEN FLANGES END OF LINE
Hazardous gases G1 NO NO
Hazardous liquids L1 16 bar 10 bar
All remaining fluids G2, L2 16 bar 10 bar
Temperature min C MaxC
continuous peak
L1 G2,L2 L1 G2,L2
NBR -10 100 100 - 110
FKM (Viton) -10 100 150 - 170
Temperature
*
: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, infammable, toxic) in accordance with
97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
G1, L1, G2, L2: see chart to side
www.brandoni.it
Serie B1
O-Ring: FKM
*
*
Most suitable for district heating for water up to 150 C
17
Versions
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
O-Ring: NBR
B1.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Ball: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
B1.010
Body: EN GJL 250
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
B1.011
Body: EN GJL 250
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
B1.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Ball: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
B1.010
Body: EN GJL 250
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
B1.011
Body: EN GJL 250
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Special versions on request.
18
www.brandoni.it
FIRE FIGHTING
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie B2.1
Flanged ductile iron ball valve
WATER CONDITIONING GAS HEATING INDUSTRY
Application felds










E
U
R O
P
E

B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
www.brandoni.it
2
1
6
3
7
4
5
70% della dimensione
fornita

Stem extension for thermal insulation


Square cap for water main system connection
Stem extension
Kit ISO 5211 fange
Kit lockable operation lever
Kit limit switches for ON/OFF position indicator
19
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED
Conformity to EN 13774 norms,
DVGW certifcation for gas
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN558/1 (ISO 5752)
Flanges: EN1092, ANSI B16.5 #150
Design: EN 1983, EN13445, ISO 5211
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266 cat. A
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
Accessories Actuators
1. Inside and outside epoxy coating,
high temperature resistant. Environmentally
friendly, water-based paint.
2. Integrated fange, in accordance with
ISO 5211.
3. Removing and repositioning of the plate
at 90 allows locking of the valve in
ON-OFF position.
4. The dynamic seal of the stem is guaranteed
by a double O-ring, even in severe
working conditions.
5. Blow-out proof stem.
6. Seat of ball in reinforced PTFE, as temperature
changes, the torque remains constant.
7. Ball with full and straight bore, in chromed
brass or stainless steel.
Series B2.1 valves are shut-off ball valves split-body type in ductile iron and foating ball, manufactured according to the
severe product standards and the quality management relative to ISO 9001.
Suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, distribution and treatment of water, industrial application,
agricultural application, for compressed air processing, for oils and hydrocarbon.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for installation in line and end of line, for services with frequent acting, the integrated ISO 5211 support allows the
installation of a wide range of actuators.
The B2.1 range of ball valves are full and straight bore reducing turbulences and minimizing head loss.
NO: for steam, for choking and fow regulation.
Serie B2.1

Double acting and single acting pneumatic actuators


On request: limit switches, position indicator
Electric actuators
Gear box
Refer to specifcations on page 32

Through-drilled ball for legionella thermal preventive treatment


Drainage plug
Special items
20
www.brandoni.it
J
DN125 -150
8
11
7
6
10
1
5
9
8
8
B
H
1
H
A
C
3
2 8
4
E
P
Cat2011_B2.1_p3.drw1_sezdim+matD15-150
Dis sezione per tabella dimensione e materiali DN15-150
30/6/11 rev.1 5/7/11
ISO5211
S
n x q
J
P
E
3
12
2
5
6
7
1
9
8
13
H
1
C
B
A
H
8 8
4
n x q
S
ISO5211
Cat2011_B2.1_p3.drw2_sezdim+matDN200
Dis. sezione per tabella dimensioni e materiali DN200
30/6/11 REV.1 5/7/11
J
Cat2011_B2.1_p3.drw3_sezdim+matDN250
Dis. sezione per tab. dimensioni e materiali DN250
30/6/11 rev.1 5/7/11
V
P
T
1
3
8
4
7
16
15
5
8
6
A
H
H
1
C
C
1
B
2
8 14
Key 14x60
ISO R773 / DIN6885A
E
S
ISO5211
n c q
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
B
2
.
1

-

D
N

1
5
-

1
5
0
B
2
.
0
/
B
2
.
1

-

D
N

2
0
0
B
2
.
0
/
B
2
.
1

-

D
N

2
5
0
Flanged ductile iron ball valve
www.brandoni.it

Serie B2.1
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Dimensions
of flanges
according to
PN 16EN1092/2
21
Dimensions (mm)
Materials
Weight (kg)
Operating torque (Nm)
Drilling
std: standard / opt: option on request / =: same as PN16
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
***
: The diameter DN 250 is supplied with gear box as standard
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Component
Body
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
O-Ring
Lever
Stop plate
Spring washer
Lever hub
Lever stop
Anti-blow-out ring
Mounting pad for gear box
Gear box
Bolts
Material
EN GJS 400-15 / EN GJL250*, epoxy coated
EN GJS 400-15 / EN GJL250*, epoxy coated
Brass CuZn40Pb2 chrome plated / AISI 304 / AISI 316 / EN GJL250**
Reinforced PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI 304 / AISI 316
PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI 304 / AISI 316
NBR /FKM (Viton)
Carbon steel, epoxy coated
Galvanized carbon steel
Galvanized carbon steel
EN GJS 400-15
Galvanized carbon steel
AISI 302
EN GJS 400-15 / EN GJL 250
-
Galvanized carbon steel
*
: only DN 200-250
**
: DN 250 with ball in EN GJL 250 - CODE: 02.040
B2.100 2,6 3,3 4,2 5,8 7,5 9 10,5 15,5 18,5 28 38,5 93 180
B2.111 - B2.122 2,6 3,3 4,2 5,8 7,8 9,7 12,2 16,7 22,2 35,8 46,6 117 180
Nm 15 15 18 18 18 20 40 70 100 180 250 600 2000
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
Drilling PN 16 EN1092/2 std std std std std std std std std std std std std

Drilling PN 10 EN1092/2 = = = = = = = = = = = opt opt
Drilling PN 6 EN1092/2 opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt
Drilling PN 25 EN1092/2 = = = = = = opt = no no no no no
Drilling ANSI B16.5 #150 opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt* opt opt opt opt
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250***
P 15 20 25 32 40 50 63 76 95 120 145 190 240
A (B2.1) EN 558/1 - 14 (ex DIN 3202 F4) 115 120 125 130 140 150 170 180 190 200 210 - -
A (B2.0) EN 558/1 - 14 (ex DIN 3202 F5) - - - - - - - - - - - 400 450
A (F2.1) EN 558/1 - 29 (ex NF 29-323) - - - - 136 142 154 160 172 186 200 - -
H 84 84 96 101 125 135 143 165 180 225 243 320 448
H1 50,5 52 59 64 78,5 87 95 118 132,5 165 182,5 230 335
B 160 160 170 170 230 230 230 280 360 450 560 1000 101
C EN1092/2 PN 16 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405
C1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 490
V - - - - - - - - - - - - 500
T - - - - - - - - - - - - 284
ISO 5211 F04 F04 F04 F04 F05 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F12 12
J 42 42 42 42 50 50 50 70 70 102 102 125 125
n x q 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 9 4 x 9 4 x 11 4 x 11 4 x 13 4 x 13
E 11,5 11,5 14,5 14,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 20 20 24,5 24,5 27 92
S o 9 o 9 o 11 o 11 o 14 o 14 o 14 o 17 o 17 o 22 o 22 o 27 45
22
www.brandoni.it
D
N

4
0
mc/h
D
N

8
0
D
N

1
0
0
D
N

1
2
5
D
N

1
5
0
100
mmH2O/m
D
N

3
2
10 1
100
1000
1000
D
N

5
0
10
D
N

2
5
0
D
N

6
5
D
N

2
0
D
N

2
5
D
N

2
0
0
D
N

1
5
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
Kv mc/h 22,3 47,7 83,5 150,4 255 435 672 947 1508 2633 4261 5957 10510
Kv - DN chart


Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Pressure/temperature chart
Maximum pressure Temperature
*
: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, infammable, toxic) in accordance with 97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
Fluids * Mounting

Hazardous gases
Hazardous liquids
All remaining fluids
BETWEEN FLANGES
16 bar DN15-200
10 bar DN250
16 bar DN15-200
10 bar DN250
16 bar DN15-200
10 bar DN250
END OF LINE
10 bar DN15-100
NO DN125-250
10 bar
10 bar
Temperature min C MaxC
continuous peak
NBR -10 100 110
FKM (Viton) -10 150 170
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Flanged ductile iron ball valve
RANGE NOT SUITABLE FOR STEAM. DO NOT use when temperature and pressure are below the liquid-steam saturation line ( hatched area )
104 32
10
F
bar
C
20
20 40 60 80 100 160 140 120
psi
145
290
4 8 2 8 4 2 8 6 320 212
0
176 140
1
Liquid - steam saturation line (fluid: water)
2 bar
3.6 bar
6.2 bar
25
5
15
362
217
72
150
-4
-10 -25
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while temperature
increases, please refer to pressure/temperature chart
www.brandoni.it
Serie B2.1
O-Ring: NBR
*
23
For Gas
O-Ring: FKM
Versions
Most suitable for district heating for water up to 150 C
B2.100 FKM
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
B2.110 FKM
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
B2.111 FKM
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
B2.121 FKM
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
B2.121 Gas
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +70C
B2.100 Gas
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +70C
B2.110 Gas
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +70C
B2.111 Gas
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +70C
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Special versions on request
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Available with item code F2 Face to face in accordance with EN 558/1-29 (ex NF 29-323)
Available with item code B2.0 for dimensions DN 200 250
F2.100
See: B2.100
B2.000
Body: EN GJL 250
F2.110
See: B2.110
B2.010
Body: EN GJL 250
F2.111
See: B2.111
B2.011
Body: EN GJL 250
F2.121
See: B2.121
B2.021
Body: EN GJL 250
B2.100
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
B2.110
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
B2.111
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
B2.121
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
**
24
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie B2.3/7
Application felds
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY FIRE FIGHTING MARINE
B2.3 Flanged bronze ball valve
B2.7 Flanged aluminium/bronze ball valve










E
U
R O
P
E

B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
www.brandoni.it

Stem extension for thermal insulation


Square cap for water main system connection
Stem extension
Kit lockable operation lever
Kit limit switches for ON/OFF position indicator
KIT ISO 5211 fange
25
3
6
5
1
2
4
7
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Flanges: EN 1092, ANSI B16.5 #150
Design: EN 1983, EN13445, ISO 5211
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266 cat. A
(ISO 5208 cat. A )
1. Face to face, in accordance with EN558/1
or ANSI B 16.5 class 150 short pattern
for all DN (diameters).
2. Integrated fange, in accordance with
ISO 5211.
3. Removing and repositioning of the plate
at 90 allows locking of the lever in
ON-OFF position.
4. The dynamic seal of the stem is guaranteed
by a double O-ring, even in severe
working conditions.
5. Blow-out proof stem.
6. Seat of ball in reinforced PTFE, as
temperature changes, the torque remains
constant.
7. Ball with full and straight bore, in chromed
brass, stainless steel or aluminium/bronze.
Series B2.3/B2.7 valves are split-body-type, shut-off ball valves in bronze or aluminium/bronze and foating ball, manufac-
tured in accordance with the severe product standards and quality management of ISO 9001.
This series is available also:
R2 > with face to face, in accordance with ANSI B 16.5 # 150 reduced bore
S2 > with face to face, in accordance with ANSI B 16.5 # 150 full bore
Suitable for naval and seawater applications, heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, distribution and treatment
of water, industrial applications, agricultural applications, for compressed air processing, oils and hydrocarbons.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for installation in-line and end of line, for services with frequent acting, the integrated ISO 5211 support allows the
installation of a wide range of actuators.
The B2 range of ball valves of full and straight bores, reduce turbulences and minimize head loss.
NO: for steam, for choking and regulation of the fow.
Serie B2.3/7
Accessories Actuators

Double acting and single acting pneumatic actuators


On request: limit switches, position indicator
Electric actuators
Gear boxes
Chain driven operated gear boxes
Refer to specifcations on page 32

Through-drilled ball for legionella thermic preventive treatment


Drainage plug
Special items
26
www.brandoni.it
Flanged bronze or aluminium/bronze ball valve
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
J
DN125 -150
8
11
7
6
10
1
5
9
8
8
B
H
1
H
A
C
3
2 8
4
E
P
Cat2011_B2.1_p3.drw1_sezdim+matD15-150
Dis sezione per tabella dimensione e materiali DN15-150
30/6/11 rev.1 5/7/11
ISO5211
S
n x q
J
P
E
3
12
2
5
6
7
1
9
8
13
H
1
C
B
A
H
8 8
4
n x q
S
ISO5211
Cat2011_B2.1_p3.drw2_sezdim+matDN200
Dis. sezione per tabella dimensioni e materiali DN200
30/6/11 REV.1 5/7/11
J
Cat2011_B2.1_p3.drw3_sezdim+matDN250
Dis. sezione per tab. dimensioni e materiali DN250
30/6/11 rev.1 5/7/11
V
P
T
1
3
8
4
7
16
15
5
8
6
A
H
H
1
C
C
1
B
2
8 14
Key 14x60
ISO R773 / DIN6885A
E
S
ISO5211
n c q
B
2
.
3
/
7

-

D
N

1
5
-

1
5
0
B
2
.
3
/
7

-

D
N

2
0
0
B
2
.
3
/
7

-

D
N

2
5
0
www.brandoni.it


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
B2.3
B2.7
27
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie B2.3/7
Component
Body
Flange
Ball DN15-50
Ball DN65-250
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
O-Ring
Lever
Stop plate
Spring washer
Lever hub
Lever stop
Anti-blow-out ring
Mounting pad for gear box
Gear box
Bolts
Component
Body
Flange
Ball DN15-50
Ball DN65-250
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
O-Ring
Lever
Stop plate
Spring washer
Lever hub
Lever stop
Anti-blow-out ring
Mounting pad for gear box
Gear box
Bolts
Material
Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 CC491K EN1982 ( equivalente C83600 ASTM B62 )
Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 CC491K EN1982 ( equivalente C83600 ASTM B62 )
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe4 (C63000 ASTM 283)
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe5 (C95800 ASTM B148)
Reinforced PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe4 (C63000 ASTM 283)
PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe4 (C63000 ASTM 283)
FKM (Viton)
Carbon steel, epoxy coated / AISI 316 with plastic coating
Galvanized carbon steel / AISI 316
Galvanized carbon steel / AISI 316
Brass CuZn40Pb2
Galvanized carbon steel / AISI 316
AISI 302
Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe5
-
Galvanized carbon steel / AISI 304 / AISI 316
Material
Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 CB333G EN 1982 (equivalente C95800 ASTM B1 48)
Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 CB333G EN 1982 (equivalente C95800 ASTM B1 48)
AISI 316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe4 (C63000 ASTM 283)
AISI 316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe5 (C95800 ASTM B1 48)
Reinforced PTFE
AISI316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe4 (C63000 ASTM 283)
PTFE
AISI316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe4 (C63000 ASTM 283)
FKM (Viton)
AISI 316 with plastic coating
AISI316
AISI316
Brass CuZn40Pb2
AISI304
AISI302
Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe5
-
AISI 304 / AISI 316
Materials relative to series B2.3/S2.3/R2.3 (bronze)
Materials relative to series B2.7/S2.7/R2.7 (aluminium/bronze)
28
www.brandoni.it
Nm 15 15 18 18 18 20 40 70 100 180 250 600 2000
Serie B2.3 / B2.7
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Flanged bronze or aluminium/bronze ball valve
B2.300 2,8 3,4 4,8 5,6 7,9 10,5 15,1 19,1 24 36,7 44,6 104 120
B2.322 2,8 3,4 4,8 6,5 9,3 11,5 16 20,6 28,4 41,2 52,7 131 140
B2.777 2,4 2,95 4 4,9 6,3 9,4 13,6 17,7 23,3 34,9 45,6 93 105
B2.722 2,4 2,95 4 5,7 8,1 10 14 18,1 25,2 36,9 47,8 120 120
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
Drilling PN 16 EN1092/1 std std std std std std std std std std std std std
Drilling PN 10 EN1092/1 = = = = = = = = = = = opt opt
Drilling PN 6 EN1092/1 opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt
Drilling PN 25 EN1092/1 = = = = = = opt = no no no no no
Drilling ANSI B16.5 #150 - - - - - - - - - - - opt opt


Drilling ANSI B16.5 #150 std std std std std std std std std std std - -
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
P 15 20 25 32 40 50 63 76 95 120 145 190 240
A EN 558/1 - 14 (ex DIN 3202 F4) 115 120 125 130 140 150 170 180 190 200 210 - -
A EN 558/1 - 14 (ex DIN 3202 F5) - - - - - - - - - - - 400 450
H 84 84 96 101 125 135 143 165 180 225 243 320 -
H1 50,5 52 59 64 78,5 87 95 118 132,5 165 182,5 230 355
B 160 160 170 170 230 230 230 280 360 450 560 1000 101
C EN1092/2 PN 16 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405
C ANSI B16.5 #150 88,9 98,6 108 117,3 127 152,4 177,8 190,5 228,6 254 279,4 - -
ISO 5211 F04 F04 F04 F04 F05 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F12 F12
C1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 490
V - - - - - - - - - - - - 500
T - - - - - - - - - - - - 284
J 42 42 42 42 50 50 50 70 70 102 102 125 125
n x q 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 9 4 x 9 4 x 11 4 x 11 4 x 13 4 x 13
E 11,5 11,5 14,5 14,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 20 20 24,5 24,5 27 92
S o 9 o 9 o 11 o 11 o 14 o 14 o 14 o 17 o 17 o 22 o 22 o 27 45
Dimensions
of flanges
according to
PN 16 EN1092/3
Dimensions
of flanges
according to
ANSI B16.5#150
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Operating torque (Nm)
Drilling
std: standard / opt: option on request / =: same as PN16
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
www.brandoni.it
Serie S2.3 / S2.7
Serie R2.3 / R2.7
29
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie B2.3/7
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
P 15 20 25 32 40 50 63 76 95 120 145 190 240
A EN 558/1 - 14 (ex DIN 3202 F4) 115 120 125 130 140 150 170 180 190 200 210 - -
A EN 558/1 - 14 (ex DIN 3202 F5) - - - - - - - - - - - 400 450
H 84 84 96 101 125 135 143 165 180 225 243 320 -
H1 50,5 52 59 64 78,5 87 95 118 132,5 165 182,5 230 355
B 160 160 170 170 230 230 230 280 360 450 560 1000 101
C EN1092/2 PN 16 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405
C ANSI B16.5 #150 88,9 98,6 108 117,3 127 152,4 177,8 190,5 228,6 254 279,4 - -
ISO 5211 F04 F04 F04 F04 F05 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F12 F12
C1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 490
V - - - - - - - - - - - - 500
T - - - - - - - - - - - - 284
J 42 42 42 42 50 50 50 70 70 102 102 125 125
n x q 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 9 4 x 9 4 x 11 4 x 11 4 x 13 4 x 13
E 11,5 11,5 14,5 14,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 20 20 24,5 24,5 27 92
S o 9 o 9 o 11 o 11 o 14 o 14 o 14 o 17 o 17 o 22 o 22 o 27 45
S2.300 2,1 2,7 4,1 4,9 7,1 9,8 13,9 18 25,7 47,2
S2.322 2,4 3,1 4,7 5,72 8,1 11,3 16 20,8 29,5 56,8
Nm 15 15 18 18 18 20 40 70 100 250
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 150

Drilling ANSI B16.5 #150 std std std std std std std std std std
15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 150
15 20 25 32 40 50 63 76 95 145
ANSI B16.10 #150.Short Pattern 108 117 127 140 165 178 190 203 229 267
84 84 96 101 125 135 143 165 180 243
50,5 52 59 64 78,5 87 95 118 132,5 182,5
160 160 170 170 230 230 230 280 360 560
ANSI B16.5 #150 88,9 98,6 108 117,3 127 152,4 177,8 190,5 228,6 279,4
F04 F04 F04 F04 F05 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10
42 42 42 42 50 50 50 70 70 102
4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 9 4 x 9 4 x 11
11,5 11,5 14,5 14,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 20 20 24,5
9 9 11 11 14 14 14 17 17 22
DN
P
A
H
H1
B
C
ISO 5211
J
n x q
E
S
Dimensions of
flanges according to
ANSI B16.5 #150
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Operating torque (Nm)
Drilling
std: standard
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
R2.377 9,4 15,5 24,8 36,2
R2.777 8,5 14 22,4 31,8
Nm 18 20 70 100
DN 50 80 100 150

Drilling ANSI B16.5 #150 std std std std

50 80 100 150
40 50 76 95
ANSI B16.10 #150.Short Pattern 178 203 229 267
125 135 165 180
78,5 87 118 132,5
230 230 280 360
ANSI B16.5 #150 152,4 190,5 228,6 279,4
F05 F05 F07 F07
50 50 70 70
4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 9 4 x 9
17,5 17,5 20 20
14 14 17 17
DN
P
A
H
H1
B
C
ISO 5211
J
n x Fq
E
S
Dimensions of
flanges according to
ANSI B16.5 #150
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Operating torque (Nm)
Drilling
std: standard
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
30
www.brandoni.it
10
1
100
1000
1000 10 100
mmH2O/m
mc/h
D
N

2
0
D
N

2
5
D
N

3
2
D
N

4
0
D
N

5
0
D
N

8
0
D
N

1
0
0
D
N

1
2
5
D
N

1
5
0
D
N

2
0
0
D
N

2
5
0
D
N

6
5
R2 DN100
D
N

1
5
R2 DN50-DN80 R2 DN150
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
Kv B2.3-B2.7-S2 mc/h 22,3 47,7 83,5 150,4 255 435 672 947 1508 2633 4261 5957 10510
Kv R2 mc/h 147 147 511 615

Fluids * Mounting

Hazardous gases
Hazardous liquids
All remaining fluids
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Flanged bronze or aluminium/bronze ball valve
Kv - DN chart
Temperature min C MaxC
continuous peak
FKM (Viton) -10 150 170
BETWEEN FLANGES
NO
16 bar DN15-200
10 bar DN250
16 bar DN15-200
10 bar DN250
END OF LINE
NO
10 bar
10 bar
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Pressure/temperature chart
Maximum pressure Temperature
RANGE NOT SUITABLE FOR STEAM. DO NOT use when temperature and pressure are below the liquid-steam saturation line ( hatched area )
*
: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, infammable, toxic) in accordance with 97/23/Ce PED and 67/548/EEC
32 320
0
F
40
284 248 68
290
145
psi
100 160
1
150
217 15
104
120 80
176 140
5
212
72
bar
60 140
-4
Liquid - steam saturation line (fluid: water)
C
20
10
20 -10 -20
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
www.brandoni.it
31
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie B2.3/7
B2.3 Bronze
B2.7 Aluminium-bronze
Versions
B2.300
Body: Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 EN1982
Ball: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
S2.300
See: B2.300
B2.322
Body: Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 EN1982
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
B2.722
Body: Aluminium-bronze
CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
S2.322
See: B2.322
S2.722
See: B2.722
B2.377
Body: Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 EN1982
Ball: Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
Stem: Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
B2.777
Body: Aluminium-bronze
CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
Ball: Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
Stem: Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
R2.377
See: B2.377
R2.777
See: B2.777
S2.377
See: B2.377
S2.777
See: B2.777
Available with item code R2 Face to face in accordance with ANSI B16.5#150 short pattern reduced bore
Available with item code R2 Face to face in accordance with ANSI B16.5#150 short pattern reduced bore
Available with item code S2 Face to face in accordance with ANSI B16.5#150 short pattern full bore
Available with item code S2 Face to face in accordance with ANSI B16.5#150 short pattern full bore
Special versions on request.
B2.3/S2.3 R2.3
32
www.brandoni.it
ISO5211
1
W
S
Y
X Emax
2
H
1
H
SW
H
A
SW
H
A
H
E
B
T
ISO5211
n x q
S
1) Bracket
2) Joint
* Drilling actuator side ** for B1 series Other top squares S on request
DN 40-50-65 80-100-125-150
H 68 68
H1 55 55
DN 40-50-65 80-100 125-150
SW 26 26 26
A 14 17 22
H 69 69 71
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
H 250-500-800-1000
T 48 48 48 48 48 59 59
B 230 230 230 280 360 450 560
ISO5211 F05 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10
J 50 50 50 70 70 102 102
n x q 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 9 4 x 9 4 x 11 4 x 11
E 22 22 22 23 23 27 27
S 14 14 14 17 17 22 22
Kit ISO 5211 fange
Accessories for series B1 - B2.1 - B2.3/7
Stem extension for thermal insulation
Kit lockable operation lever
Kit limit switches for ON/OFF
position indicator
DN 15-20 25-32 40-50-65 80 100 125 150
ISO 5211*
F04-
05-07
F04-
05-07
F05-07 F10-12 F10-12 F10-12
F10-
12-14
S x E 14 x 14 17 x 17 17 x 17 22 x 22 27 X 27 27 X 27 36 X 36
S1 x E1** 11 x 11 11 x 11 - - - - -
Drilling
valve side
F03-04 F03-04 F05-07 F07-10 F07-10 F07-10
F10-
12-14
X 40 40 50 60 60 60 80
Y 70 70 70 120 120 120 140
W 80 80 100 120 120 120 160
Ball valves
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Stem extension for water main system connection
Square cap for water main system connection
www.brandoni.it
DN 15-20 25-32 40-50-65 80 100 125 150
ISO 5211*
F04-
05-07
F04-
05-07
F05-07 F10-12 F10-12 F10-12
F10-
12-14
S x E 14 x 14 17 x 17 17 x 17 22 x 22 27 X 27 27 X 27 36 X 36
S1 x E1** 11 x 11 11 x 11 - - - - -
Drilling
valve side
F03-04 F03-04 F05-07 F07-10 F07-10 F07-10
F10-
12-14
X 40 40 50 60 60 60 80
Y 70 70 70 120 120 120 140
W 80 80 100 120 120 120 160
33
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
- Keep in a dry and closed place.
- While stored, the valve must be fully open to avoid damage to the seats.
MAINTENANCE
- It is recommended that the rubber O-rings be replaced at least every 24 months, and the PTFE seats, at least every 48 months.
The period of replacement depends on the use of the valve.
- Clean the surface of the valve periodically, in order to prevent the accumulation of dust.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance, or dismantling the valve, be sure that the pipes, valves and liquids have cooled down, that the pressure
has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable or caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care. The valve must be installed in either the ON or OFF position.
- Place the valve between the fanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve fanges. Check the correct position of
the seals.
- The distance between the counter fanges should be equal to the valves face to face distance. Do not use bolts of the counter fanges
to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross tightened.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclinations, torsions and misalignments of the piping may subject the installed valve
to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much as possible.
- While heating from room temperature to the high operating temperature, the liquid located between the body and ball (valve open), or
located in the bore of the ball (valve closed) tends to expand and may damage the ball and the seats; it is recommended that the valve
be opened and closed at intermediate temperatures during the heating process (for example, at 40C /60C/).
Special valves with drain plugs are available for this application.
- At sub-zero temperatures, the liquid between the body and ball may freeze, causing irreparable damage. If the valve is exposed to such
conditions, insulation of the valve is recommended.
- It is recommended that the valve be operated periodically, to prevent the build-up of materials on the ball and the seats, particularly in
the presence of limestone.
SEALING PROCEDURE
1
Closed valve
Open valve
Plumbing procedure
2
3
Plate in plumbing
position; it is not possible
to open/close the valve.
Instructions and Recommendations for series B1 - B2.1 - B2.3/7
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie B1 - B2
34
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 04.1
Application felds
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
Three-way fanged cast iron ball valve










E
U
R O
P
E

B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
www.brandoni.it
1
6
7
4
3
8
5
2
35
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Flanges: EN 1092
Design: EN 1983, EN13445
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266 cat. A
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
The valves in the 04.1 series are three-way, diverter ball valves made of cast iron, with foating ball, manufactured in ac-
cordance with the most severe product standards and the quality management of ISO 9001.
They are available in the following versions:
T4 > with T-shape fanges (90) Y4 > with Y-shape fanges (120)
In all positions, the three way valve guarantees the connection to the atmosphere or to a security pipe, with progressive
distribution (TRANSFLOW); for this reason, while one line is closed, the other two lines will be fully open, and as a result,
any incorrect alignment resulting in the choking of the bore of one of the lines will lead to the bore of the others being
increased. Suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, distribution and treatment of water, industrial
applications, agricultural applications, for compressed air processing, oils and hydrocarbons.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for installation in line and end of line, for services with frequent actuation, suitable for installing a wide range of
actuators.
NO: for steam, for choking and regulation of the fow.
Serie 04.1
Accessories Actuators

Lever with extension for thermal insulation


Kit ISO 5211 fange for installation of actuators
Double acting and single acting pneumatic actuators
Electric actuators
Refer to specifcations on page 40
1. Inside and outside epoxy coating, high
temperature resistant.
Environmentally-friendly, water-based paint.
2. Ball in chrome-plated brass or stainless steel
full bore; the smooth, rounded connections
between passages at 120 ensure reduced
turbulences and low head loss.
3. The double lever at 120 indicates the fow
direction.
4. A double O-ring on the stem and the metallic
bushing provides a dynamic seal, even in
severe working conditions.
5. Blow-out proof stem.
6. Seat of ball in reinforced PTFE, as temperature
changes, the operation torque remains constant.
7. The RO-STOP device allows selection of fow
direction also on the valve already installed.
8. Non-standard face-to-face dimension.
36
www.brandoni.it
3 8 4
8
10 11
7
9
5
1 2 8
8
6
H
P
L
D
B
C
D
A
L
T
4
.
1
Y
4
.
1
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Three-way fanged cast iron ball valve
www.brandoni.it

Serie 04.1
37
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
50 65 80 100 125 150
50 63 76 95 120 145
Not standardized 320 350 390 430 490 570
160 175 195 215 245 285
EN 1092/2 PN16 195 185 200 220 250 285
260 350 350 350 475 475
130 140 155 165 185 212
167 173 187 198 242 261
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Component
Body
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
O-ring
Lever
Lever hub
Lever stop RO-STOP
Bolts
Material
EN GJS 400-15
EN GJL 250
Brass CuZn40Pb2 chrome plated / AISI 304
Reinforced PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI 304
PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI 304
NBR / FKM (Viton)
Carbon steel, epoxy coated
Brass CuZn40Pb2 galvanized
Brass CuZn40Pb2 galvanized
Galvanized carbon steel
Materials
RO-STOP
kg (T) 20 26 34,5 44 70 104
kg (Y) 19 24,5 32,5 40 66 98
Nm 20 40 70 100 180 250
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Operating torque (Nm)
DN
P
A
B
C
D
L
H
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
N.B. When ordering, specify the required position of the connection (position A, B or C).
The RO-STOP device ensures extremely easy handling.
The red square in the drawing indicates the position of the lever stop of the RO-STOP device.
It indicates the allowed connection between the passage ways in that position, as shown in pictures A, B and C.
A B
C
38
www.brandoni.it
D
N

1
5
0
D
N

1
2
5
D
N

1
0
0
D
N

8
0
D
N

6
5
D
N

5
0
m H20
mc/h
10 5
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
1
0,5
0,8
0,6
20 30 50 100 200 500 300 1000 2000
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Pressure/temperature chart
Three-way fanged cast iron ball valve
Kv - DN chart
Temperature Maximum pressure
104 32
10
F
bar
C
20
20 40 60 80 100 160 140 120
psi
145
290
4 8 2 8 4 2 8 6 320 212
0
176 140
1
Liquid - steam saturation line (fluid: water)
2 bar
3.6 bar
6.2 bar
25
5
15
362
217
72
150
-4
-10 -25
RANGE NOT SUITABLE FOR STEAM. DO NOT use when temperature and pressure are below the liquid-steam saturation line ( hatched area )


Temperature min C MaxC
continuous peak
L1 G2,L2 L1 G2,L2
NBR -10 100 100 - 110
FKM (Viton) -10 100 150 - 170
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150
Kv mc/h 90 150 282 420 720 1320
Fluids * Mounting
BETWEEN FLANGES END OF LINE
Hazardous gases G1 NO NO
Hazardous liquids L1 16 bar 10 bar
All remaining fluids G2, L2 16 bar 10 bar
*
: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, infammable, toxic) in accordance with
97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
G1, L1, G2, L2: see chart to side
www.brandoni.it
Serie 04.1
39
Versions
FKM O-ring
NBR O-ring
T4.100 - Y4.100
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
T4.111 - Y4.111
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
T4.100 - Y4.100
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
T4.111 - Y4.111
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
*
*
Most suitable for district heating for water up to 150 C
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
T4.1
T4.1
Y4.1
Y4.1
40
www.brandoni.it
Three-way fanged cast iron ball valve
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
X
L
Y
W
ISO5211
1
E
S
X
2
DN 50 65-80-100 125-150
X 50 50 50
L 260 350 475
DN 50 - 65 80-100 125-150
ISO 5211 F07/F10 F07/F10 F12
SxE 17x16 22 x 21 27x26
W 120 140 160
X 60 80 80
Y 95 100 120
1) Bracket
2) Joint
Accessories
Lever with extension for thermal insulation
Kit ISO 5211 fange for mounting of actuators
www.brandoni.it
41
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
- Keep in a dry and closed place.
- While stored, the valve must be fully open to avoid damages to the seats.
MAINTENANCE
- It is recommended that the rubber O-rings be replaced at least every 24 months, and the PTFE seats, at least every 48
months. The period of replacement depends on the use of the valve.
- Clean the surface of the valve periodically, in order to prevent accumulation of dust.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve, be sure that the pipes, valves and liquids have cooled down,
that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable
and caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
WARNING ABOUT PROPER USE
The three-way ball valve Series 04 is a TRANS-FLOW valve with foating ball; when moving, all three ports of the valve are
temporarily open, and as a result, the fow switches from one port to the other progressively. These features mean that, for
proper use, the pressure acts against the seat of the closed port, and NOT FROM THE CLOSED PORT SIDE (see 1). In this case,
leakage and ball seat damage may occur.
FIG. 1
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- The valve must be installed in the ON or OFF position.
- Place the valve between the fanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve fanges. Check the
correct position of the seals.
- Do not use bolts of the counter fanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts must be cross tightened.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclinations, torsions and misalignments of the piping may subject the
installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much
as possible.
- While heating from room temperature to the high operating temperature, the liquid located between the body and ball
(valve open), or located in the bore of the ball (valve closed) tends to expand and may damage the ball and the seats;
it is recommended that the valve be opened and closed at intermediate temperatures during the heating process (for
example at 40C /60C/) Special valves with drain plugs are available for this application. At sub-zero temperatures,
the liquid between the body and ball may freeze, causing irreparable damage. If the valve is exposed to such conditions,
insulation of the valve is recommended.
- It is recommended that the ball valves be operated periodically, to prevent the build-up of materials on the ball and on
the seats.
C
A
B
P
B
<<P
AC
OK
P
AC
P
AC
NO
A
C B
P
B
>P
AC
Instructions and Recommendations
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 04.1
42
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 01-02 inox
Application felds
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
Steel fanged ball valve
www.brandoni.it
43
1
3
4
2
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Flanges: EN 1092
Face-to-face: EN558/1 (ISO5752)
Design: EN13445, ISO 5211
Testing: in accordance with EN 12266 cat. A (ISO 5208 cat. A)
The series consists of shut-off ball valves with the body in carbon steel A 105, or with the body in stainless steel CF8-M with a
foating ball, manufactured in accordance with the most severe product standards and the quality management of ISO
9001. They are available in the following versions:
01.4 > in carbon steel A 105 - wafer type
01.6 > in stainless steel CF8-M - wafer type
02.6 > in stainless steel CF8-M - fanged split-body type
Suitable for chemical and industrial plants, for heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, agricultural applications,
oils and hydrocarbons. (Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for installation in line and end of line, for services with frequent actuation, suitable for installation of manual, electric
and pneumatic servo commands.
Full and straight bore reducing turbulences and minimizing head loss.
NO: for steam, for choking and regulation of the fow.
Serie 01-02 inox
Actuators

Double acting and single acting pneumatic actuators


Electric actuators
Gear box
1. Full bore.
2. Blow-out proof stem.
3. Items 01.622 and 02.622 are lockable.
4. Item 01.4 antistatic device.

44
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 01.411
Steel fanged ball valve
F
ISO 5211
s
8
19
6
18
12
17
13
5
10
4 3 16
2
15 20
9
11
1
B
A
P
H
n x M
14
C
10
4
1
7
15 2
5
8
6
9
3
16
H
B
A
P
14
12
11
13
n x M
F
C
9
1 4
2
13
3
10
6
5
16
19
17
18
8
11
12
A
B
P
H
ISO 5211
s
14
E
H
1
n x q
ISO 5211
Dimensions (mm)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Component
Body
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Anti-static
Stem packing
Pressing bush
Lever
Nut
Spring washer
Stop plate
Stop pin
Screws
Body seal
Material
ASTM A105
ASTM A105
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 316
PTFE
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 304
Galvanized steel with plastic sleeve
Galvanized steel
Galvanized steel
Galvanized steel
Galvanized steel
Galvanized steel
Reinforced PTFE
Materials
Operating torque (Nm)
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
P 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 76 100 127 150
A Not standardized 35 42 46 55 66 72 98 120 140 177 210
H 78 87 91 106 111 120 157 161 181 205 220
B 150 185 185 280 280 280 380 380 480 480 480
C 88 98 108 128 138 148 168 188 220 250 280
F
EN 1092/2 PN16
65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180 200 240
n x M 4xM12 4xM12 4xM12 4xM16 4xM16 4xM16 4xM16 8xM16 8xM16 8xM16 8xM20
F
EN 1092/2 PN40
65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 190 220 250
n x M 4xM12 4xM12 4xM12 4xM16 4xM16 4xM16 8xM16 8xM16 8xM20 8xM24 8xM24
ISO 5211 F03 F04 F04 F05 F05 F05 F07 F07 F07 F10 F10
n x q 4x M5 4x M5 4x M5 4x M6 4x M6 4x M6 4x M8 4x M8 4x M8 4x M10 4x M10
kg 1,5 2 2,7 3,8 6,5 8 15 20 30 47 69
Nm 3 6 13 25 30 30 60 80 120 200 250
Weight (kg)
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
www.brandoni.it
45
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 01.622
F
ISO 5211
s
8
19
6
18
12
17
13
5
10
4 3 16
2
15 20
9
11
1
B
A
P
H
n x M
14
C
10
4
1
7
15 2
5
8
6
9
3
16
H
B
A
P
14
12
11
13
n x M
F
C
9
1 4
2
13
3
10
6
5
16
19
17
18
8
11
12
A
B
P
H
ISO 5211
s
14
E
H
1
n x q
ISO 5211
Serie 01-02 inox

1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
Component
Body
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Stem packing
Pressing bush
Lever
Hex nut
Ring
Stop plate
Stop pin
Body seal
O-ring
Spacer
Belleville Spring
Material
ASTM A351 CF8M
ASTM A351 CF8M
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 316
PTFE
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 304 with plastic sleeve
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
PTFE
FKM (Viton)
AISI 304
AISI 301
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
Operating torque (Nm)
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
P 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 76 94
A Not standardized 36 38 53 53 65 78 98 118 140
H 80 85 95 100 105 115 130 145 175
B 150 150 170 170 210 210 260 260 260
C 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220
F EN 1092/2 PN16 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 200
n x M 4 x M12 4 x M12 4 x M12 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16
ISO 5211 F03/F04 F03/F04 F04/F05 F04/F05 F05/F07 F05/F07 F07/F10 F07/F10 F07/F10
S 9 9 11 11 14 14 17 17 17
kg 1,11 1,48 1,93 3,1 4,2 5,37 8,2 11,9 16,9
Nm 5 8 10 14 18 25 48 75 110
Weight (kg)
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
46
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Steel fanged ball valve
Serie 02.622
F
ISO 5211
s
8
19
6
18
12
17
13
5
10
4 3 16
2
15 20
9
11
1
B
A
P
H
n x M
14
C
10
4
1
7
15 2
5
8
6
9
3
16
H
B
A
P
14
12
11
13
n x M
F
C
9
1 4
2
13
3
10
6
5
16
19
17
18
8
11
12
A
B
P
H
ISO 5211
s
14
E
H
1
n x q
ISO 5211
Dimensions (mm)

1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Component
Body
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Stem packing
Pressing bush
Lever
Hex Nut
Ring
Stop pin pad
Stop pin
Stud bolt
Body seal
O-ring
Spacer
Belleville Spring
Hex nut
Material
ASTM A351 CF8M
ASTM A351 CF8M
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 304 with plastic sleeve
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
PTFE
FKM (Viton)
AISI 304
AISI 301
AISI 304
Materials
Operating torque (Nm)
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
P 15 20 25 32 38 50 65 76 100 120 150
A EN558/1 - 14 115 120 125 130 140 150 170 180 190 - -
A EN558/1 - 15 - - - - - - - - - 325 350
H 80 85 95 108 114 124 148 158 189 242 270
H1 43 53 58,5 71 76 84,5 101,5 111,5 141 160 184
B 140 140 160 160 185 185 230 230 320 500 800
C 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285
F EN 1092/2 PN16 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180 210 240
n x d 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 14 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22
ISO 5211 F03/F04 F03/F04 F04/F05 F04/F05 F05/F07 F05/F07 F07/F10 F07/F10 F10 F12 F12
E 8 8 11 11 14 14 17 17 22 40,5 40,5
S 9 9 11 11 14 14 17 17 22 27 27
kg 2,2 3 4,2 6 7,4 10,2 13,5 18 26,5 36 52,5
Nm 3 6 13 25 30 30 60 80 120 200 250
Weight (kg)
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
www.brandoni.it
Temperature min C MaxC
-25 150
Pressure/temperature chart
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Maximum pressure Temperature
Article
01.411 PN16
01.411 PN40
01.622
02.622
01.6-02.6
01.4 PN16
580
290
30
bar psi
435
145
212 176 104
20
1
140
10
40
25
16
-25 0 150 20 40 120 140 C
-13 32 284 302 68 F 248
01.4 PN40
Liquid - steam saturation line (fluid: water)
60 100 80
D
N

2
0
0
10
1
100
1000
1000 10 100
mmH2O/m
mc/h
D
N

2
0
D
N

2
5
D
N

3
2
D
N

4
0
D
N

5
0
D
N

8
0
D
N

1
0
0
D
N

1
2
5
D
N

6
5
D
N

1
5
0
D
N

1
5
bar
16 bar
40 bar
16 bar
16 bar
47
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 01-02 inox
Kv - DN chart
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
Kv mc/h 22,3 47,7 83,5 150,4 255 435 672 947 1508 2633 4261 5957
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
48
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Versions
Steel wafer ball valve ASTM A 105
Wafer ball valve in AISI 316
Flanged ball valve in AISI 316
01.411
Body: ASTM A 105
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +150 C
01.622
Body: AISI 316
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +150 C
02.622
Body: AISI 316
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 304
Temp: -25 +150 C
Steel fanged ball valve
www.brandoni.it
49
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a dry and closed place
MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance, or dismantling the valve, be sure that the pipes, valves and liquids have cooled down,
that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable or
caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- The valve must be installed in the ON or OFF position.
- Place the valve between the fanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve fanges. Check the
correct position of the seals.
- The distance between the counter fanges should be equal to the valves face-to-face distance. Do not use bolts of the
counter fanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross tightened.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, torsions and misalignments of the piping may subject the
installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much
as possible.
- At sub-zero temperatures, the liquid between the body and ball may freeze, causing irreparable damage. If the valve is
exposed to such conditions, insulation of the valve is recommended.
- It is recommended that the valve be operated periodically, to prevent the build-up of materials on the ball and the seats.
Instructions and Recommendations
Serie 01-02 inox
50
www.brandoni.it
Serie 03-04 inox
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Application felds
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
AISI 316 F/F threaded end ball valves
www.brandoni.it
51
1
2
3
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Threading: ISO 228-1, BS (BSP).
Design: EN13445, ISO 5211
Testing: EN 12266 cat. A (ISO 5208 cat. A)
This series consists of two and three way, threaded-end shut-off valves, with the body in AISI 316 and a foating ball, manu-
factured in accordance with the most severe product standards.
They are available in the following versions:
A3.622 > two-way, 1 piece, reduced bore (NB no ISO fange)
B3.622 > two-way, 2 pieces body, full bore, with or without ISO 5211 fange
C3.622 > two-way, 3 pieces body, full bore, with or without ISO 5211 fange
04.622 > three-way, with ball Lshape or Tshape, with ISO 5211 fange
Suitable for chemical and industrial plants, for heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, agricultural applications,
oils and hydrocarbons. Articles B3, C3 and 04: for town gas applications, ask for specifc test report.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for services with frequent actuation; suitable for installing of manual, electric and pneumatic servo commands.
NO: for steam, for choking and regulation of the fow.
Serie 03-04 inox
Actuators

Double acting and single acting pneumatic actuators


Electric actuators
Gear box
1. Lockable position (against accidental
actuation) and padlocking.

2. Integrated ISO 5211 fange.
3. C3.622: easy dismantling.
52
www.brandoni.it
Serie A3.622
Dimensions (mm)
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
16
17
AISI 316 F/F threaded end ball valves
5
4 1
9
10
3
A
r
t
.

A
3
.
6
2
2
2
6
A
r
t
.

B
3
.
6
2
2
A
D
N
P
H
17 16
7
8
1 3
5
6
11
7
8
2 4
9
10
D
N
A
P
17
16
ISO 5211
S
8
7
A
r
t
.

B
3
.
6
2
2

c
o
n

f
l
a
n
g
i
a

I
S
O
13
4
11 1 3
10
2
9
5
6
12
14
16
17
D
NP
A
H
15
E
B
B
B
Component
Body
Liner
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
Stem seal
Lever
Lock device
Nut
Spring washer
Material
AISI 316
AISI 316
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 316
PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 304 with plastic sleeve
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 301
Materials
Operating torque (Nm)
DN 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" 1/4 1" 1/2 2"
P 5 7 9 12,5 15 20 25 32
A 40 45 58 60 72 78 82 100
B 67 67 93 93 103 103 125 125
H 33 36 37 42 52 56 65 70
Nm 2 2 3 3 4 5 7 9
A3.622 0,09 0,12 0,19 0,28 0,39 0,58 0,85 1,35
Weight (kg)
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
www.brandoni.it
Serie B3.622 / B3.622 with ISO 5211 fange
Dimensions (mm)
DN 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" 1/4 1" 1/2 2" 2" 1/2 3" 4"
P 11,5 12,5 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 76 94
A 49 49 57 64 77 90 105 125 154 173 221
B 100 100 100 115 150 150 180 180 245 245 278
H 54 54 56 65 70 75 93 99 123 140 175
A1 55,5 55,5 57 64 77 90 105 125 154 173 221
B1 120 120 120 120 140 149 200 200 255 255 302
H1 65 65 63 70 74 88 94 102 140 153 175
S 9 9 9 9 11 11 14 14 17 17 17
ISO 5211 F03 F03 F03/F04 F03/F04 F04/F05 F04/F05 F05/F07 F05/F07 F07/F10 F07/F10 F07/F10
B3.622 0,23 0,23 0,24 0,45 0,65 1,05 1,7 2,61 5,01 7,61 14,75
B3.622 with ISO flange 0,33 0,30 0,38 0,51 0,87 1,26 2,25 3,05 5,45 8,20 15,00
Nm 4 4 5 8 10 14 18 25 48 75 110
Weight (kg)
Operating torque (Nm)
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
53
Component
Body
Liner
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
Stem seal
Lever
Component
Lock device
Body seal
Belleville Spring
Spacer
O-ring
Lever stop pin
Nut
Spring washer
Material
AISI 316
AISI 316
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 316
PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 304 with plastic sleeve
Material
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 301
AISI 304
FKM (Viton)
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 301
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
8
7
14
13
A
r
t
.

B
3
.
6
2
2

c
o
n

f
l
a
n
g
i
a

I
S
O
4
11 1 3
10
2
9
5
6
12
16
17
A
r
t
.

B
3
.
6
2
2
P
A1
D
N
H
1
6
7
8
10
9
1
16
2 4 3 11
5
17
A
D
N
P
H
ISO 5211
S
15
B
B1
Serie 03-04 inox
Materials
B
3
.
6
2
2
B
3
.
6
2
2

w
i
t
h

I
S
O

5
2
1
1

f
a
n
g
e
54
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie C3.622
AISI 316 F/F threaded end ball valves
3 2 4
5
7
8
6
14
13
9
10
12
17
1 2
16
17
D
N
A
P
H
18
ISO5211
S
15
E
1
11 4 3
6
12
13
8
5
10
9
14
A
r
t
.

0
4
.
6
2
2
7
2
16 17
F
P
D
N
B
A1
A
r
t
.

C
3
.
6
2
2

ISO5211
S
15
2
E
A
B
H
Dimensions (mm)
DN 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" 1/4 1" 1/2 2" 2" 1/2 3" 4"
P 11 12,5 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
A 47 47 54 73 79 90 102 118 140 153 166
B 120 120 120 140 140 204 204 204 255 255 302
H 59 59 63 70 74 88 94 102 140 153 166
S 9 9 9 11 11 14 14 14 17 17 17
ISO 5211 F03 F03 F03 F04/F05 F04/F05 F05/F07 F05/F07 F05/F07 F07/F10 F07/F10 F07/F10
C3.622 0,41 0,40 0,45 0,86 0,86 1,88 2,78 3,56 7,20 12,10 19,90
Nm 4 4 5 8 10 14 18 25 48 75 110
Weight (kg)
Operating torque (Nm)
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Component
Body
Liner
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
Stem seal
Lever
Lock device
Belleville Spring
Spacer
O-ring
Lever stop pin
Nut
Spring washer
Tie rod
Material
AISI 316
AISI 316
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 316
PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 304 with plastic sleeve
AISI 304
AISI 301
AISI 304
FKM (Viton)
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 301
AISI 304
Materials
www.brandoni.it
55
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 03-04 inox
Serie 04.622
3 2 4
5
7
8
6
14
13
9
10
12
17
1 2
16
17
D
N
A
P
H
18
ISO5211
S
15
E
1
11 4 3
6
12
13
8
5
10
9
14
A
r
t
.

0
4
.
6
2
2
7
2
16 17
F
P
D
N
B
A1
A
r
t
.

C
3
.
6
2
2

ISO5211
S
15
2
E
A
B
H
Dimensions (mm)
Operating torque (Nm)
DN 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" 1/4 1" 1/2 2"
P 9,5 11 12 15 20 25 32 40
A 75 75 75 85 100 122 131 158
A1 57,5 57,5 57,5 65,5 79 97 106,5 129
F 37,5 37,5 37,5 42,5 50 61 65,5 79
B 130 130 130 161 161 203 203 203
H 66 66 66 2 77 92 96 107
S 9 9 9 11 11 14 14 14
ISO 5211 F03/F04 F03/F04 F03/F04 F04/F05 F04/F05 F05/F07 F05/F07 F05/F07
Nm 8 8 8 9 15 20 30 45
04.622 0,70 0,67 0,63 0,94 1,39 2,91 3,66 6,31
Weight (kg)
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Component
Body
Liner
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
Stem seal
Lever
Lock device
Belleville Spring
Spacer
O-ring
Lever stop pin
Nut
Spring washer
Tie rod
Material
AISI 316
AISI 316
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 316
PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 304 with plastic sleeve
AISI 304
AISI 301
AISI 304
FKM (Viton)
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 301
AISI 304
Materials
56
www.brandoni.it
Temperature min C MaxC
-25 180
Pressure/temperature chart
Maximum pressure Temperature
Articles
A3.622
B3.622
C3.622
04.622
32
20 60 100 80 40 120 140 160 180 C
1/4" - 1" 1/4
1" 1/2 - 2"
10
30
50
70
bar psi
725
435
145
1015
F 356 320 284 248 104 176 212 140
10
140 212 176 104 248 284 320 356 F 68
1015
145
435
725
psi bar
70
50
30
1/4" - 1"
1" 1/4 - 1" 1/2"
C 180 160 140 120 40 80 100 60 20 -25
Art. 04.622
Art. A3.622
Art. C3.622
2" - 4"
200
200
392
392
0 -25
32 68 -4
0
Art. B3.622
-4
32
20 60 100 80 40 120 140 160 180 C
1/4" - 1" 1/4
1" 1/2 - 2"
10
30
50
70
bar psi
725
435
145
1015
F 356 320 284 248 104 176 212 140
10
140 212 176 104 248 284 320 356 F 68
1015
145
435
725
psi bar
70
50
30
1/4" - 1"
1" 1/4 - 1" 1/2"
C 180 160 140 120 40 80 100 60 20 -25
Art. 04.622
Art. A3.622
Art. C3.622
2" - 4"
200
200
392
392
0 -25
32 68 -4
0
Art. B3.622
-4
bar
70 bar DN 1/4 1 1/4
56 bar DN 1 1/2 2
85 bar DN 1/4 1
70 bar DN 1 1/4 1 1/2
56 bar DN 2 4
85 bar DN 1/4 1
70 bar DN 1 1/4 1 1/2
56 bar DN 2 4
70 bar DN 1/4 1 1/4
56 bar DN 1 1/2 2
Serie B3.622 / C3.622
Serie A3.622 / 04.622
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
AISI 316 F/F threaded end ball valves
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while temperature
increases, please refer to pressure/temperature chart
www.brandoni.it
1
"
1
/
4
0,6
0,8
0,5
1
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
m H2O
mc/h
0,6
0 1 1 100 1000
1
/
4
"
1
"
1
/
2
2
"
4
"
3
"
2
"
1
/
2
3
/
8
"
1
"
1
/
4
1
"
3
/
4
"
1
/
2
"
Art. C3.622
1
/
2
"
3
/
4
"
1
"
Art. B3.622
3
/
8
"
2
"
1
"
1
/
2
1
/
4
"
100 10 1 mc/h
m H2O
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
1
0,5
0,8
Art.A3.622
Art. 04.622
1
"
1
/
4
0,6
0,8
0,5
1
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
m H2O
mc/h
0,6
0 1 1 100 1000
1
/
4
"
1
"
1
/
2
2
"
4
"
3
"
2
"
1
/
2
3
/
8
"
1
"
1
/
4
1
"
3
/
4
"
1
/
2
"
Art. C3.622
1
/
2
"
3
/
4
"
1
"
Art. B3.622
3
/
8
"
2
"
1
"
1
/
2
1
/
4
"
100 10 1 mc/h
m H2O
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
1
0,5
0,8
Art.A3.622
Art. 04.622
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar) - Head loss with shutter fully opened
Serie B3.622 / C3.622
Serie A3.622 / 04.622
57
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 03-04 inox
Kv - DN chart
DN 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" 1/4 1" 1/2 2" 2" 1/2 3" 4"
A3.622 - 04.622 Kv mc/h 3,2 3,4 3,8 7,7 13,7 20,5 31,5 58 - - -
B3.622 - C3.622 Kv mc/h 5,6 6,8 9,6 17,9 30 49 68 126 226 355 667
58
www.brandoni.it
*
*
NB: only the version with ISO 5211 fange is suitable for gas
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
AISI 316 F/F threaded end ball valves
Reduced bore
Full bore 2 pieces body
with ISO 5211 fange
Full bore 3 pieces body, with ISO 5211 fange
Three-way reduced bore, with ISO 5211 fange
Versions
A3.622
Body: AISI 316
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +180 C
B3.622
Body: AISI 316
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +180 C
C3.622
Body: AISI 316
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +180 C
04.622
Body: AISI 316
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +180 C
www.brandoni.it
59
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 03-04 inox
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a dry and closed place.
MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance, or dismantling the valve, be sure that the pipes, valves and liquids have cooled down,
that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable
or caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- The valve must be installed in either the ON or OFF position.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, torsions and misalignments of the piping may subject the
installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much
as possible.
- At sub-zero temperatures, the liquid between the body and ball may freeze, causing irreparable damage. If the valve is
exposed to such conditions, insulation of the valve is recommended.
- It is recommended that the valve be operated periodically, to prevent the build-up of materials on the ball and the seats.
Instruction and Recommendations
60
www.brandoni.it
Serie J9
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Application felds
Wafer butterfy valve
WATER CONDITIONING GAS HEATING DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY FIRE FIGHTING MARINE


















C
H I N
A
B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
www.brandoni.it
7
4
5
1
3 2
6
Serie J9
61
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED
In conformity with D.M. 174 (directive
97/83/CE)
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN558/1-20 (ISO 5752-20, DIN 3202K1)
Flanges: EN1092, ANSI B16.5 #150
Design: EN593, EN13445, ISO 5211, EN12570
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266 cat. A
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
The shut-off wafer butterfy valves in Series J9 are equipped with a centred disc and wafer type body, and are made of
ductile iron or stainless steel, manufactured in accordance with severe product norms and in conformity to EN ISO 9001.
These valves are suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatment and water distribution, industrial applica-
tions, agricultural purposes for compressed air, gas, oils and hydrocarbons.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for in line and end of line installation with frequent actuation; the integrated support, in accordance with ISO 5211,
allows easy mounting of a wide range of actuators and drives.
They are suitable for choking and regulating the fow.
NO: for steam.
Accessories Actuators

Extension for main water system connection


Position indicator and padlocking for gear box
Micro-switch for gear box
Kit: micro-switches for ON/OFF position
indicator
Double acting and single acting pneumatic actuators
On request: micro-switches, position indicators
Electric actuators
Gear box
Chain driven control
Refer to specifcations on page 75
1. Epoxy coating.
2. Lever suitable for intermediate regulation.
3. Lockable operation lever.
4. A notch machined at the top of the stem
indicates the position of the disc and allows
adjusting the lever/actuator to the correct
position, when the command/lever is removed.
5. Compact design.
6. Integrated ISO 5211 fange.
7. Alignment holes. Suitable for mounting
between PN6, PN10, PN16 and ANSI 150
for DN 25400
For DN 450-600 stainless steel for PN 10
and PN 16 fanges.
62
www.brandoni.it
R
m
i
n
.

p
i
p
e
Z
B
B
J
W
J
J
9
.
1
/
J
9
.
6

D
N
2
5
-
2
5
0
J
9
.
1

D
N
3
0
0
-
6
0
0
DN450-600
4
2
6
5
7
8
3
5
1
A
C
E
9
D
F1
O
L
L1
D
F2
ISO5211
n x q
DN25-400
G
Parallel key ISO R773 / DIN6885A
E
S
E
S
L2
T
ISO5211
n x q
G
J
9
.
1
/
J
9
.
6

D
N
2
5
-
2
5
0
J
9
.
0

D
N
4
5
0
-
6
0
0

/

J
9
.
1

D
N
3
0
0
-
6
0
0
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Wafer butterfy valve
www.brandoni.it
Serie J9


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Component
Body
Disco
Stem DN25-400
Stem DN450-600
Liner
Bushing
Washer
Circlip ISO3075
O-ring
Lever
Bolts
Component
Body
Disco
Stem
Liner
Bushing
Washer
Circlip ISO3075
O-ring
Lever
Bolts
Material
EN GJS 400 - 15
EN GJS 400 - 15 nickel plated / ASTM A351 gr. CF8-M / CuAl11Fe4 ASTM B148 C94500
AISI 420
AISI 416
EPDM / NBR / FKM (Viton) / PTFE
PTFE
Galvanized carbon steel
Spring steel
FKM (Viton)
DN25-150 aluminium / DN 200-250 EN GJS 400-15
Galvanized carbon steel
Material
ASTM A351 gr. CF8-M
ASTM A351 gr. CF8-M / CuAl11Fe4 ASTM B148 C94500
AISI 316
EPDM / NBR / FKM (Viton) / PTFE
PTFE
Stainless steel A4
Stainless steel A4
FKM (Viton)
DN25-150 aluminium / DN200-250 EN GJS 400-15
Stainless steel A4
Materials
Operating torque (Nm)
J9.1
J9.6
63
DN 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
-
12 27 31 45 65 90 110 146 194 241 291 324 379 428 475 573
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
DN
25
32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
A
33
33 33 43 46 46 52 56 56 60 68 78 78 102 114 127 154
C 65 73 82 89 102 118 150 174 205 260 318 376 406 471 539 594 695
D 104 110 116 126 136 150 170 180 200 230 266 292 335 360 422 480 562
B 51 56 63 62 69 90 106 119 131 166 202 235 257 292 318 355 444
F1 192 192 170 170 170 206 206 285 285 400 530 - - - - - -
Z 68 68 50 50 50 69 69 90 90 72 72 - - - - - -
F2 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 235 226 226 226 226 216 256 285
L 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 190 190 190 190 190 183 311 386
T 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 78 80 80 80 80 80 125 136
L1 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 155 170 170 170 170 151 214 262
L2 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 176 195 195 195 195 188 275 324
W 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 63 81 81 81 81 80 168 293
O 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 285 285 385
R - 1 5 5 9 17 26 34 50 71 91 112 128 144 163 182 219
D min pipe - 12 27 31 45 65 90 110 146 194 241 291 324 379 428 475 573
ISO 5211
F05
F05 F05 F05 F05 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F12 F12 F12 F12 F14 F14 F16
G
65
65 65 65 65 65 65 90 90 1 25 1 50 1 50 1 50 1 50 175 175 210
J 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 70 70 1 02 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 140 140 165
n x q 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 9 4 x 9 4 x 11 4 x 13 4 x 13 4 x 13 4 x 13 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 22
S 7 7 9 9 9 11 1 1 1 4 1 4 1 7 27 27 27 27 38 41,15 50,65
E 32 32 21 21 21 21 21 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 51,2 64,2 70,2
DP bar
3
2,9
4,7 7,8 11,3 17 23 33 48 68 120 189 290 298 481 930 1250 2270
6 3,1 5,1 8,4 1 2 1 8 25 36 54 78 134 212 316 347 551 980 1350 2500
10 3,3 5,4 8,8 13 20 26 40 61 88 148 234 342 396 622 1200 1500 2700
16 3,4 5,7 9,2 13 21 28 44 68 99 162 257 367 550 850 - - -
J9.1 with lever
1,7
1,7 1,8 2,1 2,4 3,2 4,3 6,3 7,8 15,0 23,5 - - - - - -
J9.6 with lever
-
- - 2,1 2,4 3,1 4,1 6,1 7,5 14,1 22,8 - - - - - -
J9.1 with gear box 6,2 6,2 5,8 6,1 6,4 7,0 8,1 9,6 11,2 22,0 33,0 42,0 43,0 60,0 107,4 155,8 231,1
J9.6 with gear box - - - 6,1 6,4 6,9 7,9 9,4 10,9 21,9 32,3 - - - - - -
1: please see Instruction and Recommendations
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
D min pipe
Mounting between flanges
1
EN 1092 PN6 - PN10 - PN16 - ANSI B16.5 #150 EN 1092 PN10
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
64
www.brandoni.it


Temperature min C MaxC
continuous peak
EPDM -10 120 130
NBR -10 80 90
FKM (Viton) -10 150 170
PTFE -10 120 120
Pressure/temperature chart
Maximum pressure Temperature
RANGE NOT SUITABLE FOR STEAM. DO NOT use when temperature and pressure are below the liquid-steam saturation line ( hatched area )
Fluids * Mounting
Hazardous gases
Non-hazardous gases
Hazardous fluids
Non-hazardous fluids
BETWEEN FLANGES
16 bar DN25-200
10 bar DN250-350
NO DN400-600
16 bar DN25-300
10 bar DN350-500
6 bar DN600
16 bar DN25-400
10 bar DN450-600
16 bar DN25-400
10 bar DN450-600
END OF LINE
10 bar DN25-100
NO DN125-600
10 bar DN25-300
6 bar DN350-500
4 bar DN600
10 bar DN25-400
6 bar DN450-600
10 bar DN25-400
6 bar DN450-600
10
1
0
0
1
2
5
1
5
0
2
0
0
2
5
0
mc/h 40000 1000 100
6
5
0,6
0,8
0,5
1
8
6
5
3
2
10
10000
8
0
4
0
5
0
3
0
0
4
0
0
3
5
0
4
5
0
6
0
0
5
0
0
m H2O

Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar) - Head loss with shutter fully opened
232
bar
C
10
20 40 60 80 100 160 140 120
psi
145
68 248 284 320 212 176 140 104 F
1
Liquid - steam saturation line (fluid: water)
18
16
14
8
6
12
4
2
29
58
87
116
174
261
203
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Wafer butterfy valve
*
: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, infammable, toxic) in accordance with
97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
www.brandoni.it
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
%
Opening angle ()
L
o
w
e
r

r
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

a
n
g
l
e
U
p
p
e
r

r
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

a
n
g
l
e
Kv - DN chart ( mc/h per bar )
Flow rate / opening position chart Flow percentage on the fow at full opening under the same loss of head.
Serie J9
65
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
mm
40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
ins
1" 1/2 2" 2" 1/2 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24"
10 0,04 0,05 0,09 0,17 0,26 0,43 0,69 1,73 2,6 3,5 5,2 6,9 9,5 12 19
20 2,1 2,6 5,2 7,8 15 25 39 77 130 202 292 401 531 683 1055
30 4,8 6 10 16 31 53 82 162 276 427 617 849 1124 1445 2234
40 10 13 22 34 67 115 177 352 599 926 1376 1839 2437 3133 4840
50 19 23 39 60 120 205 316 628 1068 1650 2384 3279 4342 5609 8626
60 30 38 65 100 199 339 522 1038 1768 2730 3945 5425 7185 9238 14272
70 48 60 103 158 314 535 827 1643 2798 4322 6243 8585 11371 14620 22587
80 73 91 161 237 471 803 1241 2465 4196 6483 9364 12878 17057 21930 33882
90 79 99 169 261 518 883 1364 2708 4611 7124 10291 14152 18743 24099 37232
DN
O
P
E
N
I
N
G

A
N
G
L
E
66
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Wafer butterfy valve
Versions
EPDM liner
NBR liner
FKM or PTFE liner
J9.101
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: EN GJS400 nickel plated
Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Coating: RAL 5002 colour - GAS version (DN 25-350) with yellow lever
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Special versions on request.
J9.121
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C
J9.171
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C
J9.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Disc: EN GJS400 nickel plated
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 a +120C
J9.100
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: EN GJS400 nickel plated
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 a +120C
J9.120
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 a +120C
J9.170
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 a +120C
J9.102
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: EN GJS400 nickel plated
Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
J9.122
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
J9.123
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C
J9.172
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
J9.173
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C
www.brandoni.it
67
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie J9
AISI 316 disc
J9.620
Body: AISI 316
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
J9.621
Body: AISI 316
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C
Special versions on request.
Aluminium-bronze disc
J9.670
Body: AISI 316
Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
J9.673
Body: AISI 316
Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C
J9.622
Body: AISI 316
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
J9.623
Body: AISI 316
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C
68
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie L9
FIRE FIGHTING
Application felds
LUG butterfy valve
WATER CONDITIONING GAS HEATING DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY


















C
H I N
A
B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
www.brandoni.it
69
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
4
7
5
1
3 2
6
Cat2011_L9_p2.drw1_spaccato_BN
Serie L9
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED
In conformity with D.M. 174 (directive
97/83/CE)
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN558/1-20 (ISO 5752-20, DIN 3202K1)
Flanges: EN1092, ANSI B16.5 #150
Design: EN593, EN13445, ISO 5211, EN12570
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266 cat. A
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
The shut-off LUG butterfy valves in Series L9, with a centred Disc and LUG type body, are made of ductile iron, manufac-
tured in accordance with severe product norms and in conformity to EN ISO 9001.
These valves are suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatment and water distribution, industrial applica-
tions, agricultural purposes, for compressed air, gas, oils and hydrocarbon.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for in line and end of line installation with frequent actuation; the integrated support, in accordance with ISO 5211,
allows easy mounting of a wide range of actuators and drives.
They are suitable for choking and regulating the fow.
NO: for steam.
Accessories Actuators

Extension for water main system connection


Position indicator and padlocking for gear box
Micro-switch for gear box
Kit: micro-switches for ON/OFF position
indicator
Double acting and single acting pneumatic actuators
On request: micro-switches, position indicators
Electric actuators
Gear box
Chain driven control
Refer to specifcations on page 75
1. Epoxy coating.
2. Lever suitable for intermediate regulation.
3. Lockable operation lever.
4. A notch machined at the top of the stem
indicates the position of the disc and allows
adjusting the command to the correct
position, when the command/lever is removed.
5. Compact design.
6. Integrated ISO 5211 fange.
7. Threaded holes suitable for mounting
between PN16 for DN25-300 fanges
(on request PN 10) and for mounting
between PN 10 for DN 350-600 fanges.
70
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
J
B
Z
B
J
R
m
i
n
.

p
i
p
e
W
Parallel key ISO R773 / DIN6885A
E
S
ISO5211
n x q
DN350-600
G
L1
D
O
L
F2
L
9

D
N
3
0
0
-
6
0
0
L
9

D
N
2
5
-
2
5
0
DN25-300
9
F1
D
n x M
ISO5211
n x q
G
8
6
7
5
3
4
2
5
1
C
E
A
L2
T
E
S
L
9

D
N
2
5
-
2
5
0
L
9

D
N
3
0
0
-
6
0
0
LUG butterfy valve
www.brandoni.it
71

S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie L9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Component
Body
Disc
Stem
Liner
Bushing
Washer
Cirlclip ISO3075
O-ring
Lever
Bolts
Material
EN GJS 400 - 15
EN GJS 400 - 15 nickel plated / ASTM A351 gr. CF8-M / CuAl11Fe4 ASTM B148 C94500
AISI 420
EPDM / NBR / FKM (Viton) / PTFE
PTFE
Galvanized carbon steel
Spring steel
FKM (Viton)
DN25-150 aluminium / DN 200-250 EN GJS 400-15
Galvanized carbon steel
Materials
Operating torque (Nm)
DN
25
32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
A
33
33 33 43 46 46 52 56 56 60 68 78 78 102 114 127 154
C 65 73 82 89 102 118 150 174 205 260 318 376 438 489 539 594 695
D 104 110 116 126 136 150 170 180 200 230 266 292 368 400 422 480 562
B 51 56 63 62 69 90 106 119 131 166 202 235 267 297 318 355 444
F1 192 192 170 170 170 206 206 285 285 400 530 - - - - - -
Z 68 68 50 50 50 69 69 90 90 72 72 - - - - - -
F2 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 235 226 226 216 216 216 256 285
L 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 102,5 190 190 190 183 183 183 311 386
T 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 78 80 80 80 80 80 125 136
L1 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 155 170 170 151 151 151 214 262
L2 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 176 200 195 188 188 188 275 324
W 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 63 81 81 80 80 80 168 293
O 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 285 285 285 285 385
R - 1 5 5 9 17 26 34 50 71 91 112 128 144 163 182 219
D min pipe - 12 27 31 45 65 90 110 146 194 241 291 324 379 428 475 573
n x M 4 x M12 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M20 12 x M20 12 x M24 12 x M24 16 x M20 16 x M24 20 x M24 20 x M24 20 x M27
ISO 5211
F05
F05 F05 F05 F05 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F12 F12 F12 F14 F14 F14 F16
G 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 90 90 1 25 1 50 1 50 1 50 175 175 175 210
J 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 70 70 1 02 1 25 1 25 1 25 140 140 140 165
n x q 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 9 4 x 9 4 x 11 4 x 13 4 x 13 4 x 13 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 22
S 7 7 9 9 9 11 1 1 1 4 1 4 1 7 27 27 31,6 33,15 38 41,15 50,65
E 32 32 21 21 21 21 21 27 27 27 27 27 45 51,2 51,2 64,2 70,2
DP bar
3 2,9 4,7 7,8 11,3 17 23 33 48 68 120 189 290 298 481 930 1250 2270
6 3,1 5,1 8,4 1 2 1 8 25 36 54 78 134 212 316 347 551 980 1350 2500
10 3,3 5,4 8,8 13 20 26 40 61 88 148 234 342 396 622 1200 1500 2700
16 3,4 5,7 9,2 13 21 28 44 68 99 162 257 367 - - - - -
L9 with lever
2,6
2,6 2,3 3,2 4,1 5,4 6,7 9,6 10,8 21,1 32,7 41,2 - - - - -
L9 with gear box
6,2
6,2 6,1 7,0 7,9 9,2 10,5 12,9 14,1 28,4 42,0 50,5 79,3 122,6 254,8 228,3 308,6
1: please refer to Instruction and Recommendations
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Mounting between flanges
1
EN 1092 PN16 EN 1092 PN10
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
72
www.brandoni.it
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s


10
1
0
0
1
2
5
1
5
0
2
0
0
2
5
0
mc/h 40000 1000 100
6
5
0,6
0,8
0,5
1
8
6
5
3
2
10
10000
8
0
4
0
5
0
3
0
0
4
0
0
3
5
0
4
5
0
6
0
0
5
0
0
m H2O

Temperature min C MaxC
continuous peak
EPDM -10 120 130
NBR -10 80 90
FKM (Viton) -10 150 170
PTFE -10 120 120
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar) - Head loss with shutter completely open
Pressure/temperature chart
Maximum pressure Temperature
RANGE NOT SUITABLE FOR STEAM. DO NOT use when temperature and pressure are below the liquid-steam saturation line ( hatched area )
Fluids * Mounting
Hazardous gases
Non-hazardous gases
Hazardous fluids
Non-hazardous fluids
BETWEEN FLANGES
16 bar DN25-200
10 bar DN250-350
NO DN400-600
16 bar DN25-300
10 bar DN350-500
6 bar DN600
16 bar DN25-400
10 bar DN450-600
16 bar DN25-400
10 bar DN450-600
END OF LINE
10 bar DN25-100
NO DN125-600
10 bar DN25-300
6 bar DN350-500
4 bar DN600
10 bar DN25-400
6 bar DN450-600
10 bar DN25-400
6 bar DN450-600
232
bar
C
10
20 40 60 80 100 160 140 120
psi
145
68 248 284 320 212 176 140 104 F
1
Liquid - steam saturation line (fluid: water)
18
16
14
8
6
12
4
2
29
58
87
116
174
261
203
LUG butterfy valve
*
: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, infammable, toxic) in accordance with
97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
www.brandoni.it
73
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
%
Opening angle ()
L
o
w
e
r

r
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

a
n
g
l
e
U
p
p
e
r

r
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

a
n
g
l
e
Kv - DN chart ( mc/h per bar )
Flow rate / opening position chart Flow percentage on the fow at full opening under the same loss of head.
Serie L9
mm
40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
ins
1" 1/2 2" 2" 1/2 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24"
10 0,04 0,05 0,09 0,17 0,26 0,43 0,69 1,73 2,6 3,5 5,2 6,9 9,5 12 19
20 2,1 2,6 5,2 7,8 15 25 39 77 130 202 292 401 531 683 1055
30 4,8 6 10 16 31 53 82 162 276 427 617 849 1124 1445 2234
40 10 13 22 34 67 115 177 352 599 926 1376 1839 2437 3133 4840
50 19 23 39 60 120 205 316 628 1068 1650 2384 3279 4342 5609 8626
60 30 38 65 100 199 339 522 1038 1768 2730 3945 5425 7185 9238 14272
70 48 60 103 158 314 535 827 1643 2798 4322 6243 8585 11371 14620 22587
80 73 91 161 237 471 803 1241 2465 4196 6483 9364 12878 17057 21930 33882
90 79 99 169 261 518 883 1364 2708 4611 7124 10291 14152 18743 24099 37232
DN
O
P
E
N
I
N
G

A
N
G
L
E
74
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
LUG butterfy valve
Versions
EPDM liner
NBR liner
FKM or PTFE liner
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Coating: RAL 5002 colour - GAS version (DN 25-350) with yellow lever
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Special versions on request
L9.101
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: EN GJS400 nickel plated
Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C
L9.121
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C
L9.171
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C
L9.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Disc: EN GJS400 nickel plated
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
L9.100
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: EN GJS400 nickel plated
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
L9.120
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
L9.170
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
L9.102
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: EN GJS400 nickel plated
Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
L9.122
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
L9.172
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
L9.123
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: AISI 316
Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C
L9.173
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C
www.brandoni.it
Limit switches kit for ON-OFF
indication
Chain driver kit
75
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
1
2
A
B
DN 25-150 200-400
A 100 120
B 60 80
1) Position indicator
2) Chain for padlocking
Accessories for series J9 - L9
J
ISO5211
n x q
G
E
H
S
DN 40-100 125-150 200 250-300
H 250- 500-800-1000
ISO5211 F05 F07 F10 F12
G 65 90 125 150
J 50 70 102 125
n x q 4 x 7 4 x 9 4 x 11 4 x 13
E 20 26 26 26
S 11 14 17 27
Stem extension for water main system connection
Position indicator and padlocking for gear box
Limit switches box for gear box
L9.171
Body: EN GJS 400 -15
Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C
1
6
0
1
1
4
Box_micro__tab_dim.xls
112 128
M
2
0
x
1
.
5
Mechanical switches per standard.
Available on request: proximity switches,
ATEX explosion proof proximity switches.
Serie J9 - L9
76
www.brandoni.it
Butterfy valves
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
INSTALLATION AND TRANSPORT
- Keep in dry and closed place.
- While stored, the disc must be partially open (Fig. 1).
- Avoid knocks, take special care to protect lever, hand wheel, gear boxes/actuators.
- Do not use lever or hand wheel to lift the valve.
MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve, be sure that the pipes, valves and liquids have cooled down,
that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable
or caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping may subject the
valve to stress, once installed. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce these effects as much as
possible. The disc must be partially open (Fig. 1).
FIG. 1 FIG. 2 FIG. 3
The stem has a machined notch N (Fig. 2), which indicates the position of the disc; consider this indication, in order to mount
the levers and actuators correctly.
The mounting can be made with the stem axis in a horizontal or vertical position. In case the fuid contains suspended solid
particles (for example, sand, impurities, etc.) o solid particles that may leave deposits, it is recommend that the valve be
installed with its axis horizontal, and in such a way that the bottom end of the disc opens in the direction of fow, F. (Fig. 3)
The item L9 allows the dismantling of the pipes downstream, for pressures below 6 bar. For end of line installation:
- SERIES J9 (all pressures), series L9 (pressure > 6 bar): counter fange MUST be installed
- SERIES L9 (pressure< 6 bar): it is recommended that a counter fange be installed.
Verify maximum working pressure and limits of use under section maximum pressure.
Place the valve between two fanges. While placing the valve, ensure there is suffcient space in order in order not to dam-
age the rubber. Do not mount seals between valve and fanges (Fig. 1). Carefully clean the contact surface. Do not install
the butterfy valve in direct contact with a rubber surface
(for example, expansion joints); the best installation is when
the rubber is in contact with metal (Fig. 4).
In order to achieve correct working, the internal diameter
of the pipe must be greater than the value indicated in
the chart. Do not weld the fanges to the tube if the valve
has already been installed. It is recommended that the
fanges listed in the chart be used. As far as possible, avoid
fat fanges for welding (EN 1092 01 type); if these fanges
are used, ensure perfect centring between the fange and
valve, and be sure to weld exactly edgewise to the fange.
Do not let protrusions or sharp edges on the piping cause
damage to the rubber surface of the valve (Fig. 5).

Instruction and Recommendations for series J9 - L9
N
NO NO
F
FIG. 4
NO
FIG. 5
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie J9 - L9
77
Centre the valve on holes while using wafer type valves.
Tighten the bolts crosswise and progressively, in order to distri-
bute the pressure equally before the body and fanges come
into contact with each other. (Fig. 6)
With regard to the Lug version, check that the screws are the
correct length, in order to allow complete compression of the
lining rubber.
Turbulences of the fuid might increase erosion and reduce
the life-cycle of the valve. Install the valve at a distance of at
least 1 x DN upstream, and at a distance of 2-3 x DN down-
stream, away from fttings or bends.
In the open position, the valve is larger than the nominal Face
to Face value.
Check that no other components of the piping interfere or create damage or malfunction (Fig. 7A).
If they do, a spacer should be inserted for the valve to operate correctly (Fig. 7B).
FIG. 6
NON OK OK
FIG. 7A FIG. 7B
FLANGES CHART
Norms
EN 1092-1
PN6/10/16
ANSI B16.1 #150*
ANSI B16.5 #150*
Type
Type 11 weld neck
Type 21 integral
Type 02 + 35 loose plate with weld ring neck
Type 02 + 36 loose plate with pressed collar
Type 04 + 34 loose plate with weld neck collar
flat face
raised face
lap joint
CHART MINIMUM DIAMETER OF PIPES
DN 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
min. pipe - 12 27 31 45 65 90 110 146 194 241 291 324 379 428 475 573
78
www.brandoni.it
FIRE FIGHTING DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY
Serie 20.900- 21.900
Application felds
Soft seated gate valve
WATER CONDITIONING
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s


















C
H I N
A
B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
www.brandoni.it
Serie 20.900-21.900
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED
SERIES 20.900 - In conformity with D.M. 174
(directive 97/83/CE)
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN558/1 (ISO5752)
Flanges: EN1092
Design: EN1074, EN1171, ISO7259, EN13445, ISO 5210, EN12570
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266 cat. A
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
The valves in series 20.900/21.900 are soft seated gate valves, made of ductile iron, manufactured in accordance with
severe product norms and relevant norms, and in conformity to EN ISO 9001; they are available with reduced Face to
Face dimension (fat body) and long Face to Face dimension (oval body).
These valves are suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatment and water distribution, waste water,
industrial applications, agricultural purposes. Also available with NBR coated soft seat; suitable for sewage.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
They allow the ftting of an ISO 5210 adaptor kit for a wide range of actuators to be ftted.
NO: for steam, for chocking and regulation of the fow.
Accessories Actuators

Square cap for water main system connection


Stem extension
Kit: ISO 5210 fange for mounting actuators
(only Series 20.900 DN40-300)
ON/OFF position indicator on request with
limit switches (only Series 20.900 DN40-300)
Electric actuators
Gear box
Refer to specifcations on page 84
1. Internal and external epoxy coating,
minimum thickness 250 m.
All parts in contact with water are suitable for
drinking water treatment.
2. Stem seal with 4 O-rings, to be exchangeable
while valve is in the open position,
and the line is under pressure.
3. Predisposed for ISO 5210 fange and position
indicator to be ftted, and for valves already
installed. For series 20.900 up to DN 300.
4. Soft seat fully coated with EPDM or NBR.
5. Completely free and full bore.
6. Low friction wedge, plastic cap.
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
1
5
4
3
2
6
79
80
www.brandoni.it
I
V
H
v
n x d
C
B
13
8
4
7
9
3
1
2
10
5
11
6
H
1
A
D
N
SW
H
14
12
13
15
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Soft seated gate valve
www.brandoni.it
Serie 20.900
Serie 21.900

S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Component
Body
Bonnet
Stem
Ring
Thrust bearing
Wedge
Wedge sliding caps
Wedge nut
Bonnet seal
Lip seal
O-ring
Screws
Screw cover cap
Dust guard
Hand Wheel
Material
EN GJS500-7 EN1563
EN GJS500-7 EN1563
X20Cr13 EN10088 (AISI 420)
Brass CW614 EN12164
Bronze
EN GJS400-15 EN1563, EPDM or NBR coated
Poliammide PA66
Brass CW614 EN12164
EPDM
NBR
NBR
Galvanized steel
Polyethylene
NBR
Carbon steel epoxy coated
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Weight (kg)
Operating torque (Nm)
Operating torque (Nm)
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350
A
EN558/1 14
140 150 170 180 190 200 210 230 250 270 290
H1 208 222 247 300 322 369 408 531 610 689 845
H 75 82,5 92,5 100 110 125 142,5 170 202,5 230 260
B 128 128 145 162 181 209 239 305 362 422 -
V 160 160 160 200 200 250 250 300 380 450 320
Hv approx. 20 20 20 30 30 36 36 38 38 38 38
SW 14 14 14 19 19 19 19 27 27 27 27
D 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405 460 520
I

EN1092-2 PN16 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 355 410 470
n x d EN1092-2 PN16 4x19 4x19 4x19 8x19 8x19 8x19 8x23 12x23 12x28 12x28 16x28
I

EN1092-2 PN10 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 350 400 460
n x d EN1092-2 PN10 4x19 4x19 4x19 8x19 8x19 8x19 8x23 8x23 12x23 12x23 16x23
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
A
EN558/1 15
240 250 270 280 300 325 350 400 450
H1 268 268 296 340 367 424 515 550 685
H 75 82,5 92,5 100 110 125 142,5 170 202,5
V 150 150 150 175 200 250 250 280 300
Hv approx. 20 20 20 30 30 36 36 38 38
SW 15 15 15 17 17 19 19 24 24
D 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405
I EN1092-2 PN16 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 355
n x d EN1092-2 PN16 4x18 4x19 4x19 8x19 8x19 8x19 8x23 12x23 12x28
I EN1092-2 PN10 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 350
n x d EN1092-2 PN10 4x18 4x19 4x19 8x19 8x19 8x19 8x23 8x23 12x23
20.900 Free shaft 8,8 10,2 13,9 15,7 20,5 26,1 34,6 56,5 86 116 150
21.900 Free shaft - 13,7 17,5 22,8 30,6 43 53 88 118,5
Dp 16 bar 48 48 48 70 70 100 100 120 180 225 500
Dp 16 bar 41 41 45 55 89 158 169 210 245
Serie 20.900-21.900
81
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque fgure by a safety coeffcient, K=1.5
82
www.brandoni.it
100
D
N

4
0
5
50
10
1000
5000
10000 100 1000
mmH2O/m
mc/h
D
N

5
0
D
N

8
0
D
N

1
0
0
D
N

1
2
5
D
N

1
5
0
D
N

2
0
0
D
N

2
5
0
D
N

6
5
D
N

3
0
0


Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Maximum pressure Temperature
Fluids * Mounting
BETWEEN FLANGES END OF LINE
NO
Temperature min C MaxC
continuous peak
EPDM / NBR -10 70 80
Hazardous gases
Non-hazardous gases
Hazardous fluids
Non-hazardous fluids
NO
16 bar DN25-300
10 bar DN350
16 bar DN40-300
10 bar DN350
16 bar DN40-350
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Soft seated gate valve
*
: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, infammable, toxic) in accordance with
97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
www.brandoni.it
Flat body
Oval body
Versions
20.900
Body: EN GJS 500
Soft seat: EN GJS 400-15 + EPDM
Stem: AISI 420
Temp: -10 +70C
20.901
Body: EN GJS 500
Soft seat: EN GJS 400-15 + NBR
Stem: AISI 420
Temp: -10 +70C
21.900
Body: EN GJS 500
Soft seat: EN GJS 400-15 + EPDM
Stem: AISI 420
Temp: -10 +70C
Coating: RAL 5005 colour - minimum thickness 250 m
Coating: RAL 5005 colour - minimum thickness 250 m
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 20.900-21.900
83
84
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Soft seated gate valve
For Series 20.900
For Series 21.900
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
ISO 5210 F07 F07 F07 F10-12 F10-12 F10-12 F10-12 F14 F14 F14
Hb 179 193 219 265 287 334 373 481 560 639
X 100 100 100 120 120 120 120 140 140 140
W 120 120 120 140 140 140 140 180 180 180
J 41 41 41 42 42 42 42 63 63 63
U 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 60 60 60
BxL 12x32 12x32 12x32 12x32 12x32 12x32 12x32 18x50 18x50 18x50
Kit Weight 1,25 1,25 1,25 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 3,1 3,1 3,1
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
H1 244 258 283 320 343 389 428 564 660 721
H2 271 285 310 358 381 427 466 617 713 774
SW 14 14 14 19 19 19 19 27 27 27
Kit Weight 1,15 1,15 1,15 1,11 1,11 1,11 1,11 2,67 2,67 2,67
C
A
H
c
L
C
A
M
ISO5210
W
X
1
2 3
Hb J
U
1
H2
S
w
H1
3 2
DN 40-50-65 80-100-125-150 200-250-300
Hc 53 75 100
C 27 27 27
A 14 19 27
DN 40 - 65 80 - 150 200 - 300
Mod AMF.1000X14X15 AMF.1000X16X21 AMF.1000X18X28
L 1000 1000 1000
A 14 16 18
M 15 21 28
C 26 26 26
DN 50 - 65 80 - 100 125 - 200 250 - 300
Mod AMF.1000X16X17 AMF.1000X16X21 AMF.1000X18X23 AMF.1000X18X26
L 1000 1000 1000 1000
A 16 16 18 18
M 26 26 26 26
C 26 26 26 26
Accessories
Square cap for water main system connection
Kit ISO fange for actuator mounting (Art. 20.900)
ON/OFF position indicator (Art. 20.900) - On request with limit switches
1) Bracket (galvanized steel)
2) Joint (galvanized steel)
3) BxL ISO R773 / DIN 6885A parallel key
1) Hub (galvanized steel)
2) Indicator (DN40-150 POM / DN200-300
galvanized steel)
3) Cover (DN40-150 POM / DN200-300
galvanized steel)
Stem extension
www.brandoni.it
85
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 20.900-21.900
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in dry and closed place.
MAINTENANCE
Brandonis soft seated gate valves conform to ISO 7259 norms and therefore
allow replacement of the stem O-ring seals without dismantling the valve,
with the line under pressure.
1. Open the valve completely
2. Remove bonnet/hand wheel by loosening the screws (fg.1 n1)
3. Remove the dust protection (fg.1 n2)
4. Take out the bushing (fg.1 n3)
5. Replace the O-ring
6. Reassemble
It is possible to work on other internal parts by sectioning off the line
and depressurizing but without dismantling the body of the valve.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve:
Ensure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down, that the pressure has decreased, and that the lines and pipes
have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable or caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care
- The valve must be installed in an open or closed position.
- The lifting of the valve must be done using belts and safety hooks (fg.2).
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Prior to installing the valve, ensure that the piping has been carefully
cleaned and is free of any residual particles, such as soil, small stones, etc.
- In case of installation in wells, ensure there is suitable drainage.
- In case of installation of valves of diameter greater than DN 200,
it is recommended that a dismantling joint be installed, in order to facilitate
the installation/disassembly.
- Place the valve between the fanges of the tube and put liners
between the fanges of the valve and the fanges of the tube.
Check that the liners are positioned correctly.
The distance between the counter fanges must be the same
as the face to face distance of the valve.
Do not use the bolts of the counter fanges to close the piping.
The bolts must be tightened crosswise.
- Do not weld the fanges to the pipe after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping may subject the
valve to stress, once it has been installed. It is recommended that elastic joints be used, in order to reduce these effects as
much as possible.
USE
In environments exposed to frequent freezing, drain the piping and the valve of stagnant water.
Instruction and Recommendations
1
2
3
FIG. 1
FIG. 2
86
www.brandoni.it
INDUSTRY
Serie 18
Application felds
Bidirectional knife gate valve
WATER CONDITIONING
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 18
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN 558-1
Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266
The bidirectional knife gate valves in Series 18 have a cast iron or stainless steel body, which is produced in conformity with
the severe product norms and in conformity with EN ISO 9001 quality requirements.
They are available with various seals and, on request, may be manufactured with a square shape.
Those valves are suitable for water plants, pneumatic plants, waste water and purifcation plants, and for the chemical
and food industries. Furthermore, they are suitable for handling viscous liquids, and liquids with solid parts in suspension.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item).
The seals are available in different materials, for use with the various fuids/service media.
These valves are supplied, as standard, with a rising stem. On request, they can be ftted with a non-rising stem, as well as
with a wide range of actuators and accessories available for this series.
YES: for choking and regulation of the fow. Self-cleaning.
Accessories Actuator and drives

V-port
Mechanical limit switches
Chain driver
Square cap
Hand-protection for pneumatic actuator
Scraper
Solenoid valve for pneumatic actuator
Pneumatic and electric actuators
Gear boxes
Chain driver
Operation lever
1. Compact design. Face to face in accordance with
EN558-1 Series 20 (ex DIN 3202 T3 K1).
2. Bidirectional.
3. Standard rising stem (non-rising stem on request).
4. Adjustment screws for gate packing.
5. Possibility of installing a scraper for cleaning the gate.
6. The absence of a cavity prevents the deposit of material,
self-cleaning
7. Construction in 2 parts, in order to facilitate
maintenance
8. Versions with a cast iron body: epoxy coating RAL 5017.
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
1
3
2
4
8
7
6
5
87
Refer to specifcations on page 104
88
www.brandoni.it
H
1
F
2
11
8
10
1
4
6
5
1
9
7
3
V
A
D
N
13
12
n x M
H
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Bidirectional knife gate valve
www.brandoni.it

S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
-
Component
Body
Gate
Seat
Plates
Bearing
Stem
Nut
Sliding washer
Stud bolt
Packing
Packing support
Packing adjustment screw
Hand wheel
Bolts
Material
EN GJL 250 / CF8M
AISI 316
Butyl / NBR / EPDM / FKM (Viton) / PTFE
Ductile iron, epoxy coated
Ductile iron, epoxy coated
AISI 316
Bronze
PTFE
AISI 304
NBR
AISI 316
AISI 304
Ductile iron, epoxy coated
AISI 304
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
A
EN 558/1-20
43 46 46 52 56 56 60 68 78 78 90 90 95 105
H 267 293 334 371 411 500 602 703 835 921 1031 1161 1271 1458
H1 335 376 419 476 541 651 903 954 1137 1273 1433 1604 1779 2066
V 175 175 225 225 225 300 300 300 400 400 400 500 500 500
F EN 1092/2 PN10 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 350 400 460 515 565 620 725
n x M EN 1092/2 PN10 4 x M16 4 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M20 8 x M20 12 x M20 12 x M20 16 x M20 16 x M24 20 x M24 20 x M24 20 x M27
kg 7 8 11 13 15 24 35 55 67 120 135 205 225 300
Serie 18
89
90
www.brandoni.it
D
N
8
0
50 60 70 90 80 100
% Opening
10
20
D
N
4
5
0
10 40
m H2O
40000 100 1000 10000 mc/h
40
60
80
100
10
0,2
D
N
5
0
D
N
6
5
30
D
N
1
0
0
D
N
1
2
5
%

F
l
o
w
r
a
t
e

D
N
1
5
0
D
N
2
5
0
D
N
2
0
0
D
N
3
0
0
D
N
3
5
0
D
N
4
0
0
D
N
5
0
0
D
N
6
0
0
20
1


Head loss Valve completely open. Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Maximum pressure Temperature
DN Pressure
10 bar
8 bar
7 bar
6 bar
5 bar
4 bar
Temperature min C MaxC
EPDM -20 100
Butile -20 80
NBR -20 90
FKM (Viton) -20 200
PTFE -20 220
DN 50-150
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300-350
DN 400-450
DN 500-600
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Kv mc/h 99 167,2 253,3 395,8 618,5 890,6 1583,4 2474 3562,6 4849 6335 8015 9896 14250
Kv - DN chart
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Bidirectional knife gate valve
www.brandoni.it
Cast iron body
AISI 316 body
Versions
18.600
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
18.603
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: PTFE
Temp: -20 +220C
18.601
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
18.609
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
18.602
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: FKM
Temp: -20 +200C
Coating: RAL 5017 colour
18.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
18.001
Body: EN GJL 250
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
18.009
Body: EN GJL 250
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 18
91
92
www.brandoni.it
INDUSTRY
Serie 19
Application felds
Unidirectional knife gate valve
WATER CONDITIONING
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 19
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN 558-1
Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266
The bidirectional knife gate valves in Series 19, with a cast iron or stainless steel body, are produced in conformity with
severe product norms and with EN ISO 9001 quality requirements.
They are available with various seals and, on request, may be manufactured with a square shape.
These valves are suitable for water plants, pneumatic plants, waste water and purifcation plants, and for the chemical
and food industries. Furthermore, they are suitable for handling viscous liquids or liquids with solid parts in suspension.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item).
The seals are available in different materials, which correspond to the various fuids to be carried.
These valves are supplied, as standard, with a rising stem. On request, they can be equipped with a non-rising stem, as
well as with a wide range of actuators and accessories available for this series.
YES: for choking and regulation of the fow. Self-cleaning.
Accessories Actuator and drives

V-port
Mechanical limit switches
Chain driver
Square cap
Knife protection for pneumatic actuator
Conical defector
Solenoid valve for pneumatic actuator
Pneumatic and electric actuators
Gear boxes
Chain driver
Operation lever
1. Compact design. Face to Face in accordance with
EN558-1 Series 20 (ex DIN 3202 T3 K1).
2. Unidirectional.
3. Standard rising stem (non-rising stem on request).
4. Adjustment screws for gate packing.
5. Easy replacement of packing seals.
6. 1 piece body.
7. Versions with a cast iron body: epoxy coating
RAL 5017.
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
1
2
3
5
4
6
7
Refer to specifcations on page 104
93
94
www.brandoni.it
H
1
F
H
n x M
13
12
9
14
3
6
10
1
2
7
8
11
5
4
D
N
A
V
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Unidirectional knife gate valve
www.brandoni.it

S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
-
Component
Body
Gate
Seal
Packing gland
Packing
Plates
Bearing
Stem
Nut
Sliding washer
Stud
Packing adjustment stud bolt
Packing adjustment nut
Hand wheel
Bolts
Material
EN GJL 250 / CF8M
AISI 316
Butyl / NBR / EPDM / FKM / PTFE / metal - metal
EN GJS 400-15
PTFE + EPDM
Ductile iron, epoxy coated
Ductile iron, epoxy coated
AISI 316
Bronze
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
Ductile iron, epoxy coated
AISI 304
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
A
EN 558/1-20
43 46 46 52 56 56 60 68 78 96 100 106 110 110
H 301 338 366 393 446 548 659 733 870 924 1020 1119 1250 1430
H1 361 411 448 495 573 699 860 984 1172 1276 1423 1562 1758 2038
V 175 175 225 225 225 300 300 300 400 400 400 500 500 500
F EN 1092/2 PN10 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 350 400 460 515 565 620 725
n x M EN 1092/2 PN10 4 x M16 4 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M20 8 x M20 12 x M20 12 x M20 16 x M20 16 x M24 20 x M24 20 x M24 20 x M27
kg 5 6 9 11 13 22 33 53 65 118 133 203 223 298
Serie 19
95
96
www.brandoni.it
D
N
8
0
50 60 70 90 80 100
% Opening
10
20
D
N
4
5
0
10 40
m H2O
40000 100 1000 10000 mc/h
40
60
80
100
10
0,2
D
N
5
0
D
N
6
5
30
D
N
1
0
0
D
N
1
2
5
%

F
l
o
w
r
a
t
e

D
N
1
5
0
D
N
2
5
0
D
N
2
0
0
D
N
3
0
0
D
N
3
5
0
D
N
4
0
0
D
N
5
0
0
D
N
6
0
0
20
1


Head loss Valve completely open. Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Maximum pressure Temperature
DN Pressure
10 bar
8 bar
7 bar
6 bar
5 bar
4 bar
Temperature min C MaxC
EPDM -20 100
Butyl -20 80
NBR -20 90
FKM (Viton) -20 200
PTFE -20 220
Metal- metal -20 300
DN 50-150
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300-350
DN 400-450
DN 500-600
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Kv mc/h 99 167,2 253,3 395,8 618,5 890,6 1583,4 2474 3562,6 4849 6335 8015 9896 14250
Kv - DN chart
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Unidirectional knife gate valve
www.brandoni.it
Cast iron body
AISI 316 body
Versions
19.600
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
19.606
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: metal- metal
Temp: -20 +300C
19.601
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
19.609
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
19.602
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: FKM
Temp: -20 +200C
Coating: RAL 5017 colour
19.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
19.001
Body: EN GJL 250
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
19.006
Body: EN GJL 250
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: metal- metal
Temp: -20 +300C
19.009
Body: EN GJL 250
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
19.603
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: PTFE
Temp: -20 +220C
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 19
97
98
www.brandoni.it
INDUSTRY
Serie 23
Application felds
Through blade knife gate valve bidirectional
WATER CONDITIONING
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 23
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN 558-1
Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266

The bidirectional through blade knife gate valves in Series 23, with a cast iron or stainless steel body, produced in con-
formity with the severe product norms and in conformity with EN ISO 9001 quality requirements. These are available with
various seals, and may be manufactured to withstand high pressures, up to 100 bar.
These valves are suitable for water plants, waste water, and for the paper, chemical, sugar, tanning and pharmaceutical
industries.
They are suitable for handling mud, viscous fuids, dense fuids, abrasive powders, dusts, chips of plastic materials and
molasses. (Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item).
The seals are available in different materials to correspond to the various fuids to be conduct.
These valves are supplied per standard with a rising stem. On request, they can be equipped with a non-rising stem, as
well as with a wide range of actuators and accessories available for this series.
YES: for chocking and regulation of the fow. Self-cleaning
Accessories Actuator and drives

Pneumatic and electric actuators


Gear boxes
Chain driver
Operation lever
1. Compact design. Face to face not standardized.
2. Bidirectional.
3. Standard rising stem (non-rising stem on request).
4. Adjustment screws for gate packing.
5. The absence of cavity prevents the deposit of
material. Self-cleaning.
6. 2-parts construction, to facilitate maintenance.
7. Versions with a cast iron body: epoxy coating
RAL 5017.
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
3
5
7
4
2
1
6
4
V-port
Mechanical limit switches
Chain driver
Square cap
Hand-protection for pneumatic actuator
Conical defector
Solenoid valve for pneumatic actuator
Refer to specifcations on page 104
99
100
www.brandoni.it
5
2
9
4
1
3
5
6
7
8
10
4
1
11
A
D
N
15
14
14
n a x M
12
13
F
H
H
2
V
H
1
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Through blade knife gate valve bidirectional
www.brandoni.it

S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
-
Component
Body
Gate
Seal
Packing gland
Packing
Plates
Bearing
Stem
Nut
Sliding washer
Stud bolt
Packing adjustment stud bolt
Packing adjustment nut
Stem stop
Hand Wheel
Bolts
Material
EN GJL 250 / CF8M
AISI 316
Butyl / NBR / EPDM / FKM / PTFE / metal - metal
EN GJS 400-15
PTFE + EPDM
Ductile iron, epoxy coated
Ductile iron, epoxy coated
AISI 316
Bronze
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
Ductile iron, epoxy coated
AISI 304
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
A 43 43 50 50 50 60 60 70 80 80 90 90 95 105
H 298 329 360 382 430 511 627 737 870 955 1005 1075 1146 1375
H1 340 386 425 468 541 641 834 992 1139 1277 1377 1519 1661 1990
H2 221 256 292 336 398 468 631 765 862 990 1102 1245 1388 1637
V 175 175 225 225 225 300 300 300 400 400 400 500 500 500
F 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 350 400 460 515 565 620 725
na x M
(1)
EN 1092/2 PN10
4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M20 4 x M20 6 x M20 6 x M20 10 x M20 10 x M24 12 x M24 12 x M24 14 x M27
n b
(2)
- - 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 6
kg 9 10 14 17 20 31 46 72 87 156 176 267 293 390
Serie 23
101
(1): number of threaded holes on the valve body
(2): number of through bolts
102
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Through blade knife gate valve bidirectional
D
N
8
0
50 60 70 90 80 100
% Opening
10
20
D
N
4
5
0
10 40
m H2O
40000 100 1000 10000 mc/h
40
60
80
100
10
0,2
D
N
5
0
D
N
6
5
30
D
N
1
0
0
D
N
1
2
5
%

F
l
o
w
r
a
t
e

D
N
1
5
0
D
N
2
5
0
D
N
2
0
0
D
N
3
0
0
D
N
3
5
0
D
N
4
0
0
D
N
5
0
0
D
N
6
0
0
20
1


Head loss Valve completely open. Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Maximum pressure Temperature
DN Pressure
10 bar
8 bar
7 bar
6 bar
5 bar
4 bar
Temperature min C MaxC
EPDM -20 100
Butyl -20 80
NBR -20 90
FKM (Viton) -20 200
PTFE -20 220
Metal- metal -20 300
DN 50-150
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300-350
DN 400-450
DN 500-600
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Kv mc/h 99 167,2 253,3 395,8 618,5 890,6 1583,4 2474 3562,6 4849 6335 8015 9896 14250
Kv - DN chart
www.brandoni.it
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 23
Cast iron body
AISI 316 body
Versions
23.600
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
23.606
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: metal - metal
Temp: -20 +300C
23.601
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
23.609
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
23.602
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: FKM
Temp: -20 +200C
Coating: RAL 5017 colour
23.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
23.001
Body: EN GJL 250
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
23.006
Body: EN GJL 250
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: metal - metal
Temp: -20 +300C
23.009
Body: EN GJL 250
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
23.603
Body: AISI 316
Gate: AISI 316
Seal: PTFE
Temp: -20 +220C
103
104
www.brandoni.it
Knife gate valves
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Accessories for series 18 - 19 - 23
For series 19 - 23
For series 18
V-port
Chain driver
Hand-Protection for pneumatic actuator
Scraper
Mechanical limit switches
Square cap
Conical defector
www.brandoni.it
Serie 18 - 19 - 23
105
Counterflange
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
HOW TO CHOOSE THE VALVE
The operation area of the valve is limited to given temperatures and fuid types, depending on the material of the seal. It
is important to communicate the working temperature and pressure and the medium, in order to be sure that the valve is
suitable for the application.
Some indications for choosing the seal:
EPDM - Advantages: It has excellent resistance to heat, ozone and sunlight, very good fexibility at low temperatures, good
resistance to alkalis, acids, oxygenated solvents and very good resistance to water and steam. Limits: poor resistance to oil,
gasoline and all hydrocarbon-based solvents.
Maximum continuous operating temperature -20 /+100C.
NBR - Advantages: excellent resistance to oil and mineral lubricants, good resistance to gasoline, alkalis, acids, hydrocar-
bon-based solvents. Limits: poor resistance to ozone and to aromatic hydrocarbons
Maximum continuous operating temperature -20 /+90C.
BUTYL (natural rubber) Advantages: this category includes elastomers made from natural rubber. High resistance to exten-
ding, great resistance to tearing and abrasions and good fexibility at lower temperatures.
Maximum continuous operating temperature -20/+ 80C.
FKM (Viton) - Advantages: excellent resistance to ozone and sunlight, lubricant oils and hydrocarbons. Poor fexibility at
lower temperatures. Good resistance to alkalis, acids and hot water. Not suitable for steam.
Maximum continuous operating temperature -20/+ 200C.
PTFE - Advantages: excellent resistance to a wide range of media materials.
Maximum continuous operating temperature -20/+ 220C.
STORAGE AND TRANSPORT
- Keep in dry and closed place. Avoid exposure of the elastomeric parts to sunlight.
- For art. 18.000 and 19.000: during storage, the gate has to be partially open in order to prevent damage to the elastomeric
part.
- Avoid knocks, especially to the delicate parts (lever, hand wheel, gear boxes/actuators). Do not use the weaker parts
(lever, hand wheel) to lift the valve.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- The valve is suitable for installation with the stem axis in a vertical or horizontal position. For valves with pneumatic actua-
tors, for mounting with the stem axis horizontal, an appropriate support is needed (fg. 1) for DN>200.
- The mounting has to be made between fanges. In case of end of line installation, a counter fange MUST be mounted
(fg. 2).
Instruction and Recommendations for series 18 - 19 - 23
FIG. 1
Support
FIG. 2
106
www.brandoni.it
- Clean the surfaces of contact carefully.
- Use fat gaskets suitable for the working temperature and medium type, as indicated below:
Series 18.000: 2 gaskets
Series 19.000: 1 gasket for DN50-300. 2 gaskets for DN350-600
Series 23.000: NO gaskets for DN50-300. 2 gaskets for DN350-600
- Avoid the presence of protrusions and sharp edges of the piping, in order not to damage the surface of the valve lining.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Chose a screw of the correct length: if the screw too long, it will not be possible to tighten it suffciently. Assemble as shown
in Fig. 3 b or 3 c. Tighten bolts crosswise.
- Avoid inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping which might subject the valve to unwanted stresses, once it
has been installed. Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. It is recommended that such conditions should be
avoided, or elastic joints be used, in order to reduce such effects. The joints have to be mounted to obtain a rubber on
metal contact (for series 19.000 and 23.000 avoid mounting the joint directly on the valve lining).
The valves in Series 19.000 are unidirectional. Respect the fow direction indicated by the arrow on the body. If a conical
defector is installed, ensure that it is installed in the fow direction for correct operation.
Closure is achieved by turning clockwise, the approximate number of turns for complete opening/closing of the valve is:
For manual or electrical actuation of the valve, once the valve has been installed, grease the nut and screw with a water-
repellent grease (for example silicon grease or Molykote) in order to avoid seizures.
While putting the valve into operation, and periodically during its life span, it is recommended that the seals between the
gate and body, and those in the upper part of the valve (also in the lower part for series 23.000) be checked.
During valve assembly, the packing gland bolts are tightened with a standard torque. However, depending on the pressure
and other service conditions, if a leakage from upper part of the valve should be spotted, it may be necessary to tighten
these bolts further. Cross tighten the bolts and respect the torque values indicated in the Maintenance section.
WARNING FOR VALVES WITH PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
BSP 3/8 G for DN50-65 and BSP 1/2 G for DN80-600 threads are provided for air supply connection.
Air supply pressure must be between 6 and 10 bar.
In order to ensure correct closure, a supply pressure of minimum 6 bar is recommended.
NB: Pressure below 6 bar may cause the valve to open/close too slowly, as well as incomplete closure.
The air supply to the actuator must have previously been fltered, dehumidifed and lubricated.
Capacity of cylinder (litres of air at 1 bar of pressure) is:
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR VALVES WITH ELECTRIC ACTUATOR
The user must follow the instructions for using and maintaining the actuator.
Valves with an electric actuator (especially those with modulating actuators) must be checked and lubricated every week.
SERIES
DN
50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
18 - 23 No. of turns 14 17.5 21 26 32.5 31 41 51 61 71 81 65 72 86
19 No. of turns 16 19 23 28 34 33 43 53 63 73 83 67 74 88
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
cylinder 80 80 100 100 125 160 190 190 190 250 250 300 300 300
Litres 0.35 0.43 0.72 0.97 1.87 3.48 6.44 7.85 9.25 18.61 21.25 34.07 37.68 44.75
Knife gate valves
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Fig. 3c OK Fig. 3b OK Fig. 3a NO
Flange Valve
FIG. 3a NO FIG. 3b YES FIG. 3c YES
www.brandoni.it
Serie 18 - 19 - 23
107
MAINTENANCE
NB: OPERATING ON A LINE UNDER PRESSURE MIGHT CAUSE INJURY AND DAMAGE TO THE PLANT.
Before dismantling or maintaining the plant:
Ensure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down, the pressure has decreased and the lines and pipes have been
drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable or caustic liquids.
It is recommended that the valve be opened/closed at least twice a year to check that it works properly. It is important
to plan periodic inspections to check for any leakages between the body and gate and to verify the conditions of the
elastomer seal. In the case of leakages, the packing adjustment screws may be tightened a little. In the event of it being
necessary to replace the seals, proceed as indicated here below:
REPLACING THE SEALS, SERIES 18.000 (fg. 4)
a. Dismantle the valve from the plant.
b. Remove the screws (1) fxing the stem to the gate.
c. Remove the screws (2) fxing the plates (3) to the body (5).
d. Remove the upper part of the valve.
e. Remove the screws (4) and split the 2 semi bodies (5).
f. Check the condition of the U seal (6) between
the 2 parts of the semi bodies and replace it, if necessary.
g. Check the conditions of the seals (7) between the body
and gate, located in the upper part of the semi bodies
and replace them, if necessary.
h. Assemble the 2 parts of the semi bodies, installing
the U seal.
The torque for tightening the screws is:
i. Re-assemble the valve, carrying out points a-d above, in reverse order.
j. Grease the nut and screw with neutral, water-repellent grease (for example, silicone grease or Molykote).
k. Before putting the valve back in operation, carry out a hydrostatic test, if possible.
l. Check the seal between the body and gate in the upper part of the valve while putting the valve in operating.
In the event of leaks, the adjustment screws (9) may be tightened a little; tighten the screws crosswise and do not exceed
the indicated torque. To fnish, fx with counter nuts.
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Torque min (Nm) 2.5 2.8 3.2 3.6 3.6 4.3 4.5 5.0 6.0 8.5 10 14 15 27
Torque max (Nm) 3.6 3.6 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.8 6.0 6.8 8.2 11 13 16 19 32
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Torque (Nm) 40 40 40 40 40 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 120 120
2
7
3
7
6
5
1
8
5
9
9
FIG. 4
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
108
www.brandoni.it
3
5
6
1
2
8
4
7
9
FIG. 5
5a. Packing layout details
REPLACING THE SEALS, SERIES 19.000 (fg. 5)
a. Dismantle the valve from the plant.
b. Remove the screws (1) fxing the stem to the gate.
c. Remove the screws (2) fxing the plates (3) to the body (5).
d. Remove the upper part of the valve.
e. Remove the gate seat (5). Check its condition, and replace it, if necessary.
f. Remove the nuts (6) and then, the packing gland (7); removing the stud bolts (8) might facilitate the next operation.
g. Remove the packing from its housing.
h. Put the new packing (9) in place. Insert the packing braids, one by one, into the packing housing, ensuring that the two
ends of each seal match without overlapping and that the seal ends are placed with their opposite sides alternating (see
fg. 6a)
i. Install the stud bolts (8) and packing gland (7). Tighten the nuts (6) by hand, until contact with the packing gland is esta-
blished, and then proceed with another turn. Tighten the bolts crosswise.
j. Re-assemble the valve, carrying out points a-d above, in reverse order.
k. Grease the screw and nut with neutral, water-repellent grease (for example, silicone grease or Molykote).
l. Before putting the valve back into operation, check the seal between the body and gate in the upper parts of the valve.
In the event of leaks, the packing adjustment nuts (6) may be tightened a little, until the leaks stop.
IMPORTANT: Once the leaks have stopped, do not continue to tighten the nuts of the packing gland. Excess pressure on the
packing gland will result in a high operating torque of the valve, and cause the seal to deteriorate more quickly.
Knife gate valves
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
www.brandoni.it
9
5
7
3
1
2
5
8
4
6
Serie 18 - 19 - 23
109
FIG. 6
6a. packing layout details
REPLACING THE SEALS, SERIES 23.000 (fg. 6)
a. Dismantle the valve from the plant.
b. Remove the screws (1) fxing the stem to the gate.
c. Remove the screws (2) fxing the plates (3) to the body (5).
d. Remove the upper part of the valve.
e. Remove the gate seat (5). Check its condition, and replace it, if necessary.
f. Remove the nuts (6) and then the packing gland (7) in the upper and in the lower part; removing the stud bolts (8) might
facilitate the next operation.
g. Remove the packing from its housing.
h. Put the new packing (9) in place. Insert the packing braids, one by one, into the packing housing, ensuring that the two
ends of each seal match without overlapping and that the seal ends are placed with their opposite sides alternating (see
fg. 6a)
i. Install the stud bolts (8) and packing gland (7). Tighten the nuts (6) by hand, until contact with the packing gland is
established, and then proceed with another turn. Tighten the bolts crosswise.
j. Re-assemble the valve, carrying out points a-d above, in reverse order.
k. Grease the screw and nut with neutral, water-repellent grease (for example silicone grease or Molykote).
l. Before putting the valve back into operation, check the seal between the body and gate in the upper and lower parts
of the valve. In the event of leaks, the packing adjustment nuts (6) may be tightened a little, until the leaks stop.
IMPORTANT: Once the leaks have stopped, do not continue to tighten nuts of the packing gland. Excess pressure on the
packing gland will result in a high operating torque of the valve, and cause the seal to deteriorate more quickly.
S
h
u
t
-
o
f
f

v
a
l
v
e
s
Check valves
WATER CONDITIONING
DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY
Check valves (or non-return valves) allow
the liquid to fow in only one direction,
and consequently prevent back fow.
Furthermore, they ensure that the circuit does
not empty if the pump stops.
They may be installed in line, or as foot valves.
HEATING
FIRE FIGHTING
110
www.brandoni.it
www.brandoni.it
111
Summary
Series 05

Series W6

Series D6

Series Y6

Series 06 - M6

Series 07 (F7 - T7)

Series S6

Series M16

112
122
128
134
138
146
152
158
Check valves
112
www.brandoni.it
Serie 05
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s










E
U
R O
P
E

B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
Spring check valve
FIRE FIGHTING DRINKING WATER WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
Application felds
www.brandoni.it
113
1
2
3
5
4
Serie 05
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s

Refer to specifcations on page 120


In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Flanges: EN 1092,
Threading: ISO228-1
Design: EN13445, EN12334
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266
Plugs for drain
Mini-valves for drain
Filter baskets (see Filtration section)
Double check group
1. Internal and external epoxy coatings,
highly temperature resistant.
Environmentally friendly water-based paint.
2. The stainless steel spring allows the valves
to be assembled in any position.
3. Flat seal in NBR, FKM (Viton) or silicon rubber
4. The shape of body and shutter minimizes
turbulence and head loss.
5. On request: threaded holes for drain, by-pass.
The valves in Series 05 are check valves with cast iron bodies, that are manufactured in accordance with the most severe
product norms, and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001. They are available in fanged versions,
from DN 50 to DN 250, and in threaded versions, from DN 50 to DN 100.
The valves are suitable for installation in heating and conditioning plants (HVAC), for water treatment and distribution,
pump stations, agricultural applications, industrial applications, for compressed air, oils and hydrocarbons.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for in-line installation (horizontal or vertical position) and as foot valves.
The shape of the body and shutter minimizes turbulence and head loss.
NO: for steam.
Accessories Special version
114
www.brandoni.it
C
1
n x D
C
F
4
8
5 6 1 3.1 2
7
3
A
P
n x D
C
F
3 5 1 2 4
A1
T
P
1
S
e
r
i
e

F
5

D
N
5
0
-
1
0
0
S
e
r
i
e

F
5

D
N
1
2
5
-
2
5
0
S
e
r
i
e

T
5
1 2 3 4 5
A
P
F
5

D
N
5
0

-

1
0
0
F
5

D
N
1
2
5

-

2
5
0
T
5
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Spring check valve
www.brandoni.it
115
Cracking pressure (mmH2O)
Flow direction DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
639 639 647 592 624 570 526 639 690
382 382 316 280 318 180 165 221 204
510 510 480 436 470 375 345 429 448
without
spring
125 125 165 155 152 203 185 208 244
Serie 05
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
P 50 50 65 80 100 125 145 194 242
A Not standardized 100 100 120 140 170 200 230 300 370
C 165 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405
F EN 1092 PN16 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 355
n x D 4 x M16 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22 12 x 22 12 x 26
T ISO 228-1 - 2" 2" -1/2 3" 4" - - - -
P1 - 50 64 64 80 - - - -
A1 Not standardized - 140 167 177 208 - - - -
C1 - 96 125 125 148 - - - -
F5 5,6 5,6 7,6 9,8 13,8 20,6 28,6 48,6 81,4
T5 - 2,2 3,2 4,2 7,4 - - - -
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s

1
2
3
3.1
4
5
6
7
8
Component
Body
Stem guide DN50-100
Stem guide DN125-250
Stem guide DN200-250
Shutter DN 50-100
Shutter DN 125-250
Shutter stem
Gasket
Spring
Bushing
Anti-blow out ring
O-ring DN 200-250
Material
EN GJL 250
CuZn40Pb2 / ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
EN GJL 250 / ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A216 gr. WCB / ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
EN GJL 250 / ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
EN GJL 250 / ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
CuZn40Pb2 / ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
NBR / FKM (Viton)
AISI 302
Bronze
AISI 302
NBR / FKM (Viton)
Materials
116
www.brandoni.it
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
G1, L12, G2, L2: see chart to side
Temperature min C MaxC
continuous peak
L1 G2,L2 L1 G2,L2
NBR -10 100 100 - 110
FKM (Viton) -10 100 150 - 170
Rubber for drinking water -10 - 70 - -
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Spring check valve
5000 2000 1000 300 500 200 100 50 30 20 10
0,6
0,8
0,5
1
10
8
6
5
3
2
m H2O
mc/h

5
0







" 2
-

"
"
4
D
N
D
N
6
5
D
N
8
0
D
N
1
5
0
D
N

1
2
5
D
N
1
0
0
D
N
2
0
0
D
N
2
5
0
2
2
"

1
/

3
4
D
N

4
0


Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Pressure/temperature chart
Maximum pressure Temperature
*
: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, infammable, toxic) in accordance
with 97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
Fluids *
Hazardous gases G1
Hazardous liquids L1
All remaining fluids G2, L2
NO
16 bar DN50-200
10 bar DN250
16 bar DN50-200
10 bar DN250
RANGE NOT SUITABLE FOR STEAM. DO NOT use in case temperature and pressure are below the saturation line liquid-steam ( hatched area )
176 140 104 F
1
bar
C
20
10
20 40 60 80 100 160 140 120
psi
145
290
68 248 284 212 320
Liquid - steam saturation line (fluid: water)




Minimum pressure refer to chart
Minimum Counterpressure 0,1 bar
Kv-DN chart
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
Kv mc/h 99 99 145 258 360 516 620 985 1620
www.brandoni.it
117
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Serie 05
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
F5 - fanged
T5 - threaded F/F
F5.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Trim material:
DN 50-100: Brass CuZn40Pb2
DN 125-250: EN GJL 250
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
T5.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Trim material: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
F5.020
Body: EN GJL 250
Trim material: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
T5.002
Body: EN GJL 250
Trim material: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Seal: FKM
Temp: -10 +140C
F5.002
Body: EN GJL 250
Trim material:
DN 50-100: Brass CuZn40Pb2
DN 125-250: EN GJL 250
Seal: FKM
Temp: -10 +140C
F5.022
Body: EN GJL 250
Trim material: AISI 316
Seal: FKM
Temp: -10 +140C
F5.028
Body: EN GJL 250
Trim material: AISI 316
Seal: Silicon rubber
(approved for drinking water)
Temp: -10 +70C
Versions
118
www.brandoni.it
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Foot valve
C1
T
F
C
n x D
f
A
B
L
f
A1
B
1
L1
F
5

+

5
0
T
5

+

5
1
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
A Not standardized 180 180 220 260 320 375 430 550 670
L 80 80 100 120 150 175 200 250 300
B 111 111 131 148 168 198 222 278 329
C 165 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405
F EN 1092 PN16 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 355
n x D 4 x M16 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22 12 x 22 12 x 26
T ISO 228-1 - 2" 2" -1/2 3" 4" - - - -
A1 Not standardized - 225 252 282 326 - - - -
L1 85 85 105 118 - - - -
C1 - 96 125 125 148 - - - -
f 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
kg F5+50/52/53 6,15 6,15 8,34 10,73 15 22,2 30,8 51,8 85,8
kg T5+51 - 2,27 3,29 4,31 7,55 - - - -
www.brandoni.it
119
Serie 05
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Flanged foot valve
Threaded foot valve F/F
Versions
F5.000+50
Body: EN GJL 250
Trim material:
DN 50-100: Brass CuZn40Pb2
DN 125-250: EN GJL 250
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Strainer: galvanized steel
T5.000+51
Body: EN GJL 250
Trim material: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Strainer: AISI 304
F5.020+52
Body: EN GJL 250
Trim material: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Strainer: AISI 304
F5.020+53
Body: EN GJL 250
Trim material: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Strainer: AISI 316
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
120
www.brandoni.it
Accessories
Special version
Plugs for drain
Double check group
Mini-valves for drain
Strainer basket
1/4 brass plugs
1/4, M/F brass mini-valves, with plastic cap
Art 50.000
Strainer basket in galvanized steel with PN 10/16 mounting
flange
Art 52.000
Strainer basket in AISI 304 with PN 10/16 mounting flange
Art 53.000
Strainer basket in AISI 316 with PN 10/16 mounting flange
Art 51.000
Strainer basket in AISI 304 with threaded nylon connection
See Filtration section
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Spring check valve
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
A 202 202 242 282 342 402 462 602 742
kg 13,2 13,2 17,2 21,6 29,6 43,2 59,2 99,2 164,8
www.brandoni.it
121
Serie 05
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
A 202 202 242 282 342 402 462 602 742
kg 13,2 13,2 17,2 21,6 29,6 43,2 59,2 99,2 164,8
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve:
- be sure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down,
- that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable
and caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Place the valve between the fanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve fanges. Check that the
seals have been positioned correctly.
The distance between the counter fanges must be equal to the valves face to face distance. Do not use bolts of the
counter fanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross tightened.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping may subject the
installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much
as possible.
- When in the open position, some valves have a larger dimension than the nominal face to face value. A suitable distance
should be allowed for when assembling, in order to prevent damage or malfunctioning (see fg. 1 for example).
NOTE. This valve is unidirectional: install in accordance with the fow direction arrow indicated on the body.
Instruction and Recommendations
NON OK OK
FIG. 1
122
www.brandoni.it
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie W6
Disc wafer spring check valve
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
Application felds


















C
H I N
A
B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
www.brandoni.it
123
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences) :
Face-to-face: EN558
Flanges: EN 1092, ANSI B16.5
Design: EN13445, EN12334
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266

1. Art. W6.020: internal and external epoxy coating.
2. Face to face dimensions -standardized - EN 558-49.
3. Mounting between fanges, reduced dimensions.
4. The stainless steel spring allows the valves to be
assembled in all positions.
5. Profle suitable for assembly between fanges:
W6.0: PN6 -16 - ANSI150
W6.6: PN6 -16 - 40 - ANSI 150.
The valves in series W6 are disc wafer spring check valves, which are manufactured in accordance with the most severe
product norms, and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
They are available in the following versions:
W6.020 > with cast iron body and soft seal, suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatment and distribution,
pumping stations and industrial applications.
W6.626 > in stainless steel CF8M and metal/metal seal, suitable also for chemical plants, food processing and steam.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for installing in a horizontal or vertical position.
3
2
1
5
4
Serie W6
124
www.brandoni.it
I1
I
I
1
5
2
4
3
6
A
P
3
4
2
5
1
6
P
A
C
C1
A
r
t
.

W
6
.
0
A
r
t
.

W
6
.
6
W
6
.
0
W
6
.
6
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Disc wafer spring check valve
www.brandoni.it
125
Cracking pressure (mmH2O)
Serie W6
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
P 15 20 25 32 33 43 58 70 91 102 120
A EN 558-1/ 49 16 19 22 28 31,5 40 46 50 60 90 106
C - - - 81 91 106 126 141 162 192 218
I - - - 75 85 96 116 132 152 182 207
C1 51 61 67 81 91 106 126 141 167 192 224
I1 - - - - - - - - 162 - 218
W6.0 - - - 0,49 0,64 1,06 1,59 2,30 3,30 6,9 10,0
W6.6 0,13 0,20 0,29 0,55 0,66 1,08 1,59 2,36 3,38 7,1 10,4
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
mmH2O 674 648 649 685 549 565 565 600 600 380 320
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s

1
2
3
4
5
6
Component
Body
Disc
Star
Spring
Retaining ring
Seat
Material
W6.020 W6.626
EN GJL 250 ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
AISI 316 AISI 316
AISI 316 AISI 316
NBR metal/metal
Materials
126
www.brandoni.it
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
*
: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, infammable, toxic) in accordance
with 97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Disc wafer spring check valve
50
D
N
1
2
5
1 10 100 mc/h
mH2O
5
4
2
10
8
6
0.5
3
1
0.6
0.8
200
D
N
1
5
D
N
2
0
D
N
2
5
D
N
3
2
D
N
6
5
D
N
4
0
D
N
1
0
0
D
N
8
0
D
N
5
0
20
5
D
N
1
5
0

Pressure/temperature chart
Maximum pressure Temperature
Temperature min C MaxC
continuous peak
W6.020 -10 100 110
W6.626 -20 350 -
435
350
392
W6.626
psi bar
40
300 100
10
50
572
0
30
302 F
250
482 122
-20
662
145
200
580
290 20
150 C
-4 32 212
W6.020




Minimum pressure refer to chart
Minimum counterpressure 0,1 bar
Kv-DN chart
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
Kv mc/h 4 6 12 20 27 40 75 110 180 230 330

Fluids * W6.0 W6.6
Hazardous gases NO NO
Non-hazardous gases 16 bar 40 bar DN15-125
Hazardous liquids
16 bar DN15-125
40 bar
10 bar DN150
Non-hazardous liquids 16 bar 40 bar
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
www.brandoni.it
127
Serie W6
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Cast iron body
CF8M body
W6.020
Body: EN GJL 250
Disc: CF8M
Seat: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
W6.626
Body: CF8M
Disc: CF8M
Seat: metal/metal
Temp: -20 +350C
Versions
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
PN6 43 53 61 75 85 96 116 132 152 182 207
PN10/16 51 61 67 81 91 106 126 142 162 192 218
PN25 51 61 67 81 91 106 126 142 167 192 224
PN40 51 61 67 81 91 106 126 142 167 192 224
ANSI 150 43 53 61 75 85 96 116 132 167 192 218
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve: ensure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down, that the pressure has
decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable and caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, torsions and misalignments of the piping may subject the installed valve
to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much as possible.
Art. W6.0 for mounting between fanges ( PN 16/10/6 EN 1092 ANSI B 16.5 class 150).
Art. W6.6 for mounting between fanges ( PN 40/16/10/6 EN 1092 - ANSI B 16.5 class 150).
Refer to chart for mounting diameters.
- Suitable for mounting in a horizontal or vertical position.
- The spring does not all a full seal if the valve is installed vertically, with a descending fow.
- Place the valve as far away as possible from bends, elbows and pumps, in any case, from any source of turbulence.
- Remove welding residuals before installing the valve.
- Tighten the bolts crosswise.
NOTE. This valve is unidirectional: install in accordance with the fow direction arrow indicated on the body.
Instruction and Recommendations
128
www.brandoni.it
FIRE FIGHTING
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie D6
Dual-plate wafer check valve
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
Application felds


















C
H I N
A
B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
www.brandoni.it
129
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN558
Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266

1. Mounting between fanges,
reduced dimensions.
2. Face to face dimensions
- standardized - EN 558-49.
3. The stainless steel spring allows the disc
to close; consequently, the valve
may be mounted in all positions.
4. Easy positioning and mounting,
thanks to the eyebolt.
The valves in series D6 are dual-plate wafer check valves, which are manufactured in accordance with the most severe
product norms, and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
They are available in the following versions:
D6.0 > with cast iron body, suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatment and distribution, pumping
stations and industrial applications.
D6.6 > in stainless steel CF8M, suitable also for chemical plants.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for installing in horizontal or vertical position.
2
3
1
4
Serie D6
130
www.brandoni.it
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Dual-plate wafer check valve
Dimensions (mm)
Materials
Q
R
D min pipe
3
6
A
9
4
7
10
8
1
2
5
C

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Component
Body
Disc
Seal
Spring
Hinge pin
Stop pin
Sliding washer
Plug
Plug seal
Eyebolt
Material
D6.0
EN GJL 250
EN GJS 400, AISI 304, Aluminium-bronze
EPDM
AISI 316
AISI 316
AISI 316
PTFE
Carbon steel
PTFE
Carbon steel
D6.6
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M, Aluminium-bronze
FKM (Viton)
AISI 316
AISI 316
AISI 316
PTFE
Stainless steel
PTFE
Stainless steel
Weight (kg)
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
A 43 43 46 64 64 70 76 89 114 114 127 140 152 152 178
C PN16 91 107 127 142 162 192 218 273 328 378 437 488 555 618 733
C PN10 - - - - - - - - - - 437 488 539 594 695
R 25,8 27 35 42 50 64 77 102,5 125 146 170 195 215 238 292
Q 6,8 8,6 15,2 14,3 22,3 33,7 45,4 69,6 74,5 102,7 124,7 142,7 156,8 179,7 217,4
D min pipe 36 42 60 66 86 115 143 197 231 281 330 378 416 464 567
kg
1,2 1,5 2,4 3,6 5,7 7,3 9 17 26 42 55 75 101 111 172
www.brandoni.it
131
DN 40 - 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Kv mc/h 34 54 95 200 320 467 990 1584 2783 3689 5900 7825 11400 20030
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Maximum pressure Temperature
D
N

4
0
0
D
N

8
0
3 10 1000
mH2O
5
4
2
10
8
6
0.5
3
1
0.6
0.8
D
N

2
5
0
D
N

2
0
0
D
N

1
2
5
D
N

1
5
0
D
N

6
5
D
N

3
0
0
D
N

4
5
0
D
N

1
0
0
D
N

5
0
0
10000 100
D
N

3
5
0
D
N

6
0
0
D
N

4
0
D
N

5
0
mc/h




Minimum pressure refer to chart
Minimum counterpressure 0,1 bar
Tabella Kv - DN

Cracking pressure - DN 40/600 1020 mmH2O
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
*
: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, infammable, toxic) in accordance
with 97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
Temperature min C MaxC
continuous peak
D6.021, D6.031 -10 100 110
D6.622 -20 100 110
Serie D6
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Pressure/temperature chart
140
psi
bar
212 68
20
-20 40 80 20 140
290
284
0
104
120
F 176 32
100
248
145
10
-4
60 C 150
302
1
2 bar
3.6 bar
6.2 bar
Curva di saturazione liquido - vapore (fluido: acqua)
Liquid - steam saturation line (medium: water)
140
psi
bar
212 68
20
-20 40 80 20 140
290
284
0
104
120
F 176 32
100
248
145
10
-4
60 C 150
302
1
2 bar
3.6 bar
6.2 bar
RANGE NOT SUITABLE FOR STEAM. DO NOT use in case temperature and pressure are below the saturation line liquid-steam ( hatched area )

Fluids * D6.0
Hazardous gases
NO
Non-hazardous gases

Hazardous liquids NO
Non-hazardous liquids
16 bar DN40-300
10 bar DN350-600
D6.6
NO
16 bar DN40-125
10 bar DN150-200
6 bar DN250-300
16 bar DN40-300
10 bar DN350-600

132
www.brandoni.it
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Dual-plate wafer check valve
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Cast iron body
Body in ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
D6.021
Body: EN GJL 250
Shutter: AISI 304
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C
D6.031
Body: EN GJL 250
Shutter: EN GJS 400-15
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C
D6.071
Body: EN GJL 250
Shutter: Aluminium/bronze
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C
D6.622
Body: ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
Shutter: ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
Seal: FKM
Temp: -20 +150C
D6.626
Body: ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
Shutter: ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
Seal: metal/metal
Temp: -20 +300C
Pressure: PN 40
While stocks last
D6.672
Body: ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
Shutter: Aluminium/bronze
Seal: FKM
Temp: -20 +150C
Versions
www.brandoni.it
133
Serie D6
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Instruction and Recommendations
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
MAINTENANCE
- Remove the valve from the pipe and lean it on a plane surface
- Remove the plugs that close the housing of hinge pin 1
- Push the pin and extract it from the body
- Keep the springs fxed during the operation
- Clean the components and control the status of the seats and plate
- Replace the plate and insert the hinge pin.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before going to maintain or dismounting:
- be sure that pipes, valves and fuids are cooled down,
- decrease pressure and drain lines and pipes in case of presence of toxic, corrosive, infammable and caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Use the supplied eyebolt to lift the valve.
- the internal minimum diameter of the fanges has to be chosen to enable the correct opening of the plates (fg. 1)
- The springs of the 2 plates do not grant the closure in the absence of pressure when the valve is vertically installed in
descendent fuid direction.
- For mounting in horizontal position the hinge pin has always to be in vertical position (fg. 2)
- Do not install in the presence of intermittent fow
- Place the valve in straight part of the piping , most possible far away from bends, elbows and pumps avoiding in any case
the rising of turbulences next to the valve.
NOTE. This valve is unidirectional: install according to the fow direction marked on the body.
NO OK
Horizontal pipe axis
Vertical hinge pin axis
FIG. 1 FIG. 2
1
134
www.brandoni.it

C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie Y6
Y check valve with spring
Application felds
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
135
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
1. Threaded F/F body.
2. The stainless steel spring allows
mounting in any position.
3. PTFE seal.
The valves in series Y6 are threaded Y check valves. They are available with stainless steel CF8M body and may be installed
in chemical plants, in food processing plants and in industry.
YES: for installing in horizontal or vertical position.
1
2
3
Serie Y6
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Threading: ISO 228-1
Testing: EN 12266

136
www.brandoni.it
104 140 176 F 212
bar
C
10
20
290
40
145
580
-20
248 284 320 356 392 0
200
-4
0
435
20 40 60 80
psi
100 120 140 160 180
30
68
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Y check valve with spring
H
2
1
P
A
T
3
7
8
6
4
5
Dimensions (mm) Materials

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Component
Body
Plug
Shutter
Seal
Spring
Body seal
Bolt
Ring
Material
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 304
Weight (kg)
DN 7 10 15 20 25 32 40 50
T ISO 228/1 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
A
Non standardized 65 65 65 80 90 105 120 138
P 12 12 15 20 25 32 40 50
H 35 35 35 45 57 58 66 67
kg 0,2 0,21 0,23 0,36 0,69 0,76 1,22 1,79
Pressure/temperature chart
Pressure Temperature




Maximum pressure 40 bar
Cracking pressure 0,15 bar
Temperature min C MaxC
-20 200

NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
www.brandoni.it
137
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Versions
Serie Y6
DN 7 10 15 20 25 32 40 50
T ISO 228/1 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
A
Non standardized 65 65 65 80 90 105 120 138
P 12 12 15 20 25 32 40 50
H 35 35 35 45 57 58 66 67
kg 0,2 0,21 0,23 0,36 0,69 0,76 1,22 1,79
Y6.623
Body: ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
Seal: PTFE
Temp: -20 +200C
DN 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
Kv l/min 30 47 106 188 295 483 754 1180
Kv-DN chart
100
8
3
/
4
"
9
mH2O
1
10
5
7
6
2
4
2
"
3
l /min 10
1
"
1
"

1
/
2
1
"

1
/
4
3
/
8
"
1
/
4
"
1000
1
/
2
"
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Instruction and Recommendations
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instruction for use and maintenance; it is also available on our
website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve:
- be sure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down,
- decrease the pressure and drain the lines and pipes in case of presence of toxic, corrosive, infammable or caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- The valve must be installed in the ON or OFF position.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping may subject the
installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much
as possible.
138
www.brandoni.it
Serie 06- M6
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s










E
U
R O
P
E

B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
Swing wafer check valve
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
Application felds
www.brandoni.it
139
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Flanges: EN 1092, ANSI B16.5
Design: EN13445, EN12334
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266

The valves in series 06 are swing wafer check valves, manufactured in accordance with the most severe product norms
and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
They are available in the following versions:
06-M6.4 > with carbon steel body suitable for heating and conditioning purposes (HVAC), water treatment and distribution,
agricultural applications, compressed air circuits, oils and hydrocarbons.
06-M6.6 > in stainless steel CF8M suitable for chemical plants, food processing and general industrial purposes.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for installing in horizontal or vertical position.
1
2
3
4
6
5
Serie 06-M6
1. Compact design.
2. The special profle with centring lugs
(DN 32-250) allows mounting between fanges:
PN6 - 10 - 16 - 25 - ANSI 150.
3. The spring allows mounting in all positions.
4. No need for supplementary sealing during
installation, thanks to the O-ring seal.
5. The rounded shape of the shutter reduces
head losses and limits the turbulence
downstream.
6. The positioning hole simplifes installation.
140
www.brandoni.it
1
3
5
6
5
2
8
C
P
A
H
H
1
Q
A Q
5
1
4
5
7
2
C
P
8
0
6
-
M
6

D
N
3
2

-

2
5
0
0
6
-
M
6

D
N
3
0
0

-

4
0
0
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Swing wafer check valve
www.brandoni.it
141
Serie 06-M6
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
P 20 26,5 33 43 53 75 96 118 164 200 245 284 323
A Not standardized 16 16 18,5 18,5 22 23,5 29 34,5 36 38 32 38 42
C 77 86,5 99 118 134 154 184 208 264 317 280 440 490
H 83,5 88,75 98,5 107 115 131 138 137 169 247 - - -
H1 45 49 53 63 73 92 119 149 167 140 - - -
Q 18 21 30 44 56 70 80 96 125 169 230 270 320
kg
0,43 0,54 0,82 1,25 1,86 2,42 3,1 5,3 8,5 12,4 17,6 27,8 36,1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Component
Body
Disc
Plate DN 32-250
Plate DN 300-400
O-ring
Spring
Eyebolt
Screw
Material
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M, ASTM A216 gr. WCB
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M, ASTM A216 gr. WCB
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
AISI 316
NBR, FKM (Viton), PTFE
AISI 302
AISI 316
Stainless steel A2
Materials
142
www.brandoni.it
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s


Pressure/temperature chart
Maximum pressure Temperature
Fluids *
Hazardous gases
Non-hazardous gases
Hazardous liquids
Non-hazardous liquids
NO
25 bar DN 32-200
16 bar DN 250-300
12 bar DN 250-300
25 bar DN 32-200
16 bar DN 250-400
25 bar DN 32-200
16 bar DN 250-400
Temperature min C MaxC
continuous peak
NBR -20 100 110
FKM (Viton) -20 150 170
PTFE -20 200 -
356
10
20
30
bar psi
435
290
145
68 F 320 284 248 104 176 212 140
200 C 180 160 140 120 20 80 100 60 -10 0 40
392 32 14
Swing wafer check valve


NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
Minimum pressure refer to chart
Minimum counterpressure 0,3 bar
*
: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, infammable, toxic) in accordance
with 97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
www.brandoni.it
143
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
2
2000 1000
0,5
20
D
N
4
0
D
N
5
0
D
N
3
2
D
N
3
0
0
D
N
3
5
0
5000
D
N
2
5
0
300 500 200 100 50 30 20 10
0,6
0,8
1
10
8
6
5
4
3
D
N
2
0
0
D
N
1
0
0
m H2O
mc/h
D
N
6
5
D
N
8
0
D
N
1
5
0
D
N
1
2
5
D
N
4
0
0
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Serie 06-M6
Kv-DN chart
DN
32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
Kv mc/h 13 24 41 75 140 208 341 525 1093 1670 2050 3850 4840
Cracking pressure (mmH2O)
Flow direction DN 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
with spring 321 210 194 198 196 174 226 230 244 260
with spring 242 138 126 130 120 106 126 130 136 138
80 73 70 70 76 68 100 100 110 122 92 93 91
without
spring
144
www.brandoni.it
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Swing wafer check valve
Carbon steel body
Body in AISI 316
Versions
06
06
M6
M6
Available with art. No. M6 with spring
Available with art. No. M6 with spring
DN 32 - 250 investment casting
DN 300 - 400 from solid bar
DN 32 - 250 investment casting
DN 300 - 400 from solid bar
DN 32 - 250 investment casting
DN 32 - 250 investment casting
06.430
Body: Carbon steel
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -20 +100C
06.620
Body: AISI 316
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -20 +100C
M6.430
See 06.430
M6.620
See 06.620
06.432
Body: Carbon steel
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -20 +150C
06.622
Body: AISI 316
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -20 +150C
M6.432
See 06.432
M6.622
See 06.622
06.433
Body: Carbon steel
O-ring: PTFE
Temp: -20 +200C
06.623
Body: AISI 316
O-ring: PTFE
Temp: -20 +200C
M6.433
See 06.433
M6.623
See 06.623
www.brandoni.it
145
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 06-M6
Instruction and Recommendations
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instruction for use and maintenance; it is also available on our
website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve:
- be sure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down,
- decrease the pressure and drain the lines and pipes in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable or caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Be sure to install in accordance with the fow direction.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping may subject the
installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much
as possible.
- When working with high temperature fuids, take care not to burn yourself
- Do not dismantle or maintain the valve while the plant is under pressure
- Use the O hole for harnessing and lifting.
NOTE. This valve is unidirectional: install in accordance with the fow direction arrow indicated on the body.
INSTALLATION
- Install near the counter fanges, leaving a space in which to place the valve.
- Place 2 bolts in the lower holes of the fanges, and position the valve, placing the centring lugs 2 (for DN 32-250) or the
body of the valve (DN 300-400) on the bolts.
- Insert the remaining bolts. Check that the valve is correctly aligned and tighten the bolts crosswise.
DN32-250: suitable for mounting between fanges PN6-10-16-ANSI 150;
DN300-400: suitable for mounting between fanges PN10-16-ANSI 150.
146
www.brandoni.it
Serie 07


















C
H I N
A
B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Application felds
Ball check valve
WATER
www.brandoni.it
147
2
1
4
3
3
Serie 07
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Construction and testing norms (correspondences) :
Face-to-face: EN558-1
Flanges: EN 1092,
Threading: ISO228-1
Design: EN13445, EN12334
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266
The valves in series 07 are ball check valves made of ductile iron, and are manufactured in accordance with the most
severe product norms, and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
They are available in a PN 10 fanged version, from DN50 to DN250, and in a threaded version, from DN25 to DN80.
They are suitable for waste water, industrial applications, agricultural purposes, for viscous e dense liquids.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for installing in a vertical (recommended) and horizontal position.
Full bore, low head losses, self-cleaning. Removable bonnet for cleaning or changing the ball without removing the
valve from the pipeline.
NO: for steam and gas.
Accessories

Spare ball
Spare seals
1. Internal and external epoxy coating.
2. The ribs guide the ball, reducing erosion
and noises
3. The cover enables easy maintenance.
For DN 80, and above, the shape of the
cover allows this to be dismantled without
removing the fxing screws.
4. Series F7 fanged: Face to face standardized
EN558-1 48.
148
www.brandoni.it
F
3
2
4
1
A
nx d
C
B
H
H
B
Sw
H
1
2
1
3
4
A
T
T
7
.
1
0
0
F
7
.
1
0
0

1
2
3
4
5
Component
Body
Bonnet
Ball DN25-250
O-ring
Bolts
Material
EN GJS 400-15
EN GJS 400-15
Metal + NBR
NBR
Stainless steel A2
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500
A T7
Not standardized
118 135 138 166 198 236 - - - - - - - - -
A F7 EN 558/1 - 48* - - - 200 240 260 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1100
H 70 80 84 103 124 155 193 213 249 319 379 458 620 705 900
H1 28 32 36 42 53 67 - - - - - - - - -
B 101 107 109 128 158 135 161 200 240 310 406 - - - -
C EN 1092/2 PN10 - - - 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 395 450 505 565 670
F - - - 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 350 400 460 515 620
n x d - - - 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22 8 x 22 12 x 22 12 x 23 16 x 23 16 x 27 20 x 27
T ISO 228-1 1" 1" 1/4 1" 1/2 2" 2" 1/2 3" - - - - - - - - -
Sw 48 55 62 73 92 115 - - - - - - - - -
T7 1,5 1,8 2,1 3,4 5,9 10,7 - - - - - - - - -
F7 - - - 7,9 11,9 16,3 22,3 28,1 48,4 88,4 156,2 230 350 440 840
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Ball check valve
www.brandoni.it
149


Serie 07
DN 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500
Kv 21 29 57 90 140 253 396 642 962 1990 3100 4150 5100 6600 9700




Temperature min C MaxC
NBR -10 70

Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Maximum pressure Temperature
Fluids
Non-hazardous liquids
16 bar DN25-150
10 bar DN 200-500
D
N
2
5
D
N
3
2
D
N
1
0
0
D
N
1
2
5
D
N
1
5
0
D
N
2
0
0
D
N
2
5
0
D
N
6
5
1000 100 10
0,6
0,8
0,5
1
8
6
5
3
2
10
10000
D
N
8
0
D
N
4
0
D
N
5
0
D
N
3
0
0
D
N
4
0
0
D
N
3
5
0
D
N
5
0
0
m H2O
mc/h


Minimum pressure 0,2 bar
Minimum counterpressure 0,5 bar
Kv-DN chart
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
150
www.brandoni.it
F7 fanged PN10
T7 threaded F/F
Versions
F7.100
Flanged
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: NBR coated
Removable bonnet for maintenance
Temp: -10 +70C
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
T7.100
Threaded F/F
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: NBR coated
Removable bonnet for maintenance
Temp: -10 +70C
Ball check valve
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
www.brandoni.it
151
Serie 07
Instruction and Recommendations
5
2
4
3
1
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
MAINTENANCE
- Remove the valve from the line
- Remove the screws from the cover (fg. 1 n5)
- Remove the cover (fg. 1 n2)
- Take out the O-ring (fg. 1 n4)
- Remove the ball (fg. 1 n3).
For bigger sizes, turn the body (Fig.1 n1) by 90, to remove the ball
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismounting the valve:
- be sure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down,
- decrease the pressure and drain the lines and pipes in case of toxic,
corrosive, infammable or caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Place the valve between the fanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve fanges. Check that
the seals have been positioned correctly. The distance between the counter fanges must be the equal to the valves
face to face distance. Do not use bolts of the counter fanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be
cross tightened.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, torsions and misalignments
of the piping may subject the installed valve to excessive stresses.
It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much as possible.
-Use belts and safety hooks for harnessing and lifting (fg.2).
NOTE. This valve is unidirectional: install in accordance with the fow direction arrow indicated
on the body.
Piping with vertical upstream fow: install the valve as shown in fgure 3.

Piping with horizontal or inclined fow (upstream fow): install the valve as shown in fgure 4.
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
FIG. 1
FIG. 3
FIG. 4
FIG. 2
152
www.brandoni.it
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie S6
Flanged swing check valve
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
Application felds


















C
H I N
A
B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
www.brandoni.it
153
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN558-1
Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266

1. Internal and external epoxy coating.
2. Face to Face standardized EN 558-1/48
(ex DIN3202 F6).
3. Removable cover for easy maintenance.
4. Full bore for low head losses.
The valves in series S6 are fanged swing check valves, with a cast iron body, manufactured in accordance with the most
severe product norms, and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
They are suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatments and distribution, agricultural and industrial
applications.
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for installing in a horizontal position. Low head losses.
NO: for steam and gas.
2
3
4
1
Serie S6
154
www.brandoni.it
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Flanged swing check valve
F
L1
A
r
t
.

S
6

D
N
5
0
0
-
8
0
0
A
r
t
.

S
6

D
N
4
0
-
4
0
0
G
1 5 4 3 8 6
7
2 9
A
H
n x D
C
10
S
6

D
N
4
0

-

4
0
0
S
6

D
N
5
0
0

-

8
0
0
www.brandoni.it
155

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Material
S6.000
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
EN GLS 400-15
EPDM
CuZn40Pb2
EN GLS 400-15
CuZn40Pb2
AISI 420
EPDM
EPDM
Galvanized carbon steel
S6.100
EN GLS 500-7
EN GLS 500-7
EN GLS 500-7
EPDM
CuZn40Pb2
EN GLS 500-7
CuZn40Pb2
AISI 420
EPDM
EPDM
Galvanized carbon steel
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800
A
EN 558-1/ 48
180 200 240 260 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1100 1300 1500 1700
H 114 127 137 150 164 185 205 249 305 333 377 405 765 825 798 865
C 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405 460 520 580 715 840 910 1025
F EN1092 PN16 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 355 410 470 525 650 770 840 950
n x D 4 x 19 4 x 19 4 x 19 8 x 19 8 x 19 8 x 19 8 x 23 12 x 23 12 x 27 12 x 27 16 x 27 16 x 31 20 x 34 20 x 37 24 x 37 24 x 41
C - - - - - - - - - - 505 565 670 780 895 1015
F EN1092 PN10 - - - - - - - - - - 460 515 620 725 840 950
n x D - - - - - - - - - - 16 x 23 16 x 28 20 x 28 20 x 31 24 x 31 24 x 34
L1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 953 1003 1357 1461
G - - - - - - - - - - - - 498 548 825 860
kg 9,5 12 16 20 27 42 58 93 155 221 313 434 778 1102 1800 2335
Component
Body
Bonnet
Shutter
Seal
Body seal ring
Arm
Stem
Hinge pin
Bonnet gasket
Stem seal
Bolts
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie S6
156
www.brandoni.it
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800
Kv mc/h 28,9 50,2 83,7 117 179 272 370 647 971 1994 2595 3389 2066 2974 3963 5177
Kv-DN chart
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Flanged swing check valve


Fluids
S6.000 DN40-400 16 bar
Non-hazardous liquids S6.000 DN500-800 10 bar
S6.100 16 bar


Minimum counterpressure 0,3 bar
Maximum pressure Temperature
Temperature min C MaxC
-10 100
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
140
bar
284
120
10
32
71
80 0 140
14
5
142
C
176
-10
15
40 100
104
213
20
68 248 284
16
psi
20
F
60
212
D
N
8
0
0
mH2O D
N
4
0
0
D
N
7
0
0
D
N
5
0
0
0.1
10
mc/h
1
1 10 100 1000
D
N
4
0
D
N
1
0
0
D
N
1
2
5
D
N
2
0
0
D
N
1
5
0
D
N
5
0
D
N
6
5
D
N
2
5
0
D
N
3
0
0
D
N
3
5
0
D
N
6
0
0
D
N
8
0
Pressure/temperature chart
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
www.brandoni.it
157
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie S6
S6.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Shutter: DN40 DN400 EN GJS 400 -15
DN500 DN800 EN GJS 500 -7
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C
S6.100
Body: EN GJS 500 -7
Shutter: EN GJS 500 -7
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C
Versions
Instruction and Recommendations
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instruction for use and maintenance; it is also available on our
website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve:
- be sure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down,
- decrease the pressure and drain the lines and pipes in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable or caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Place the valve between the fanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve fanges. Check that
the seals have been positioned correctly. The distance between the counter fanges must be equal to the valves face
to face distance. Do not use bolts of the counter fanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross
tightened.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping may subject
the installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as
much as possible.
NOTE. This valve is unidirectional: install in accordance with the fow direction arrow indicated on the body.
158
www.brandoni.it
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie M16
Venturi check valve
Application felds
WATER
www.brandoni.it
159
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Flanges: EN 1092


1. Fast closure without water hammers.
2. Hydro-dynamic Venturi profle
with low head losses.
3. Suitable for installation in vertical,
horizontal and inclined position.
The valves in series M16 are Venturi type, fanged PN 10/16, cast iron check valves. They are available on request in PN
25/40/64/100 versions.
YES: for water distribution and treatment, and industrial applications. They are suitable for installation in a vertical, hori-
zontal and inclined position. The hydro-dynamic profle produces low head losses.
NO: for steam and gas.
1
2
3
Serie M16
160
www.brandoni.it
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Venturi check valve
2 3 1 5 4
A
n x D
C
F
Dimensions (mm)
Materials

1
2
3
4
5
Component
Body
Guide DN40-100
Guide DN125-200
Shutter DN40-150
Shutter DN200
Ring
Spring
Material
EN GJL 250
Brass CuZn40Pb2
EN GJL 250
AISI 304
EN GJL 250 + AISI 304 insert
AISI 304
AISI 302
Weight (kg)
kg 6,5 7 10 13 20 32 44 75


Fluids
Non-hazardous liquids 16 bar

Minimum pressure 0,1 bar
Maximum pressure Temperature
Temperature min C MaxC
0 90

DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
PN 10/16 10/16 10/16 10/16 10/16 10/16 10/16 10 16
A
Not standardized 120 120 150 180 240 300 350 400
C 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340
F EN 1092 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295
n x D 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22 8 x 22 12 x 22
www.brandoni.it
161
0.5
4 3.5 3
1
1.5
0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 m/s
m H2O
C
h
e
c
k

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie M16
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Versions
M 16
Body: EN GJL 250
Shutter: AISI 304
Guide: DN40 DN100 Brass CuZn40Pb2
DN125 DN200 EN GJL 250
Temp: 0 +90C
Instruction and Recommendations
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instruction for use and maintenance; it is also available on our
website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve:
- be sure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down,
- decrease the pressure and drain the lines and pipes in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable or caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care. The valve must be installed in the ON or OFF position.
- Place the valve between the fanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve fanges. Check that
the seals have been positioned correctly.
- The distance between the counter fanges must be equal to the valves face to face distance. Do not use the bolts of
the counter fanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross tightened.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping may subject
the installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as
much as possible.
NOTE. This valve is unidirectional: install in accordance with the fow direction arrow indicated on the body.
Protection
WATER FIRE FIGHTING
162
www.brandoni.it
One of the reasons for contamination and
pollution of the distribution networks of
drinking water is the backfow, that is,
the return fow, into the drinking water circuit,
of water coming from different sources,
or the return fow of water already used by
connected units (for example, washing
machines, boilers, industrial plants, hospitals,
laboratories, fre fghting plants, etc.), when,
for various reasons, the pressure of the user
circuit is greater than the pressure in the main
water circuit.
In this case, it is essential to use a back fow
preventer, to protect the primary distribution
network by isolating, or disconnecting, the
main water circuit from the user units.
DRINKING WATER
www.brandoni.it
163
Series ECO 3F


Series ECO 3T
164

174
Summary
Flanged
back fow preventer
Threaded end
back fow preventer
164
www.brandoni.it
Serie ECO 3F
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n










E
U
R O
P
E

B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
Flanged back fow preventer
with controllable reduced pressure zone
Application felds
FIRE FIGHTING WATER DRINKING WATER
www.brandoni.it
165
3
2
1
4
Serie ECO 3F
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

In conformity with EN1717, BA type


Homologated in accordance to EN12729
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19, EN12729
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN12729

ECO3 TEST: control instrument
1. Very compact design, one of the smallest
backfow preventers, which allows
easy installation in limited spaces.
2. Test points ftted with mini-valves, for controlling
the absolute and differential pressure in the
upstream and intermediate zones.
Together with the ECO3 TEST, these allow
checking the function of the backfow preventer.
3. Internal and external epoxy coating.
4. Easy maintenance due to removable cover.
The ECO 3F fanged backfow preventers, which have a controllable reduced pressure zone, type BA EN1717, are approved in conformity with
EN12729 and are manufactured in accordance with the most severe product norms and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
They consist of 2 spring check valves and a chamber situated between the spring check valves that contain a security valve, which in the event
of backfow, isolates the primary network from the user network.
The backfow might be caused by siphoning (the entry pressure decreases due to ruptures in the piping upstream, the water supply is interrupted,
partially draining parts of the piping, as a result of the events upstream) or by increasing counter pressure (the pressure of the user network is higher
than the pressure in the primary network due to overpressure caused, for example, by incoming water pumped from a private water well).
Backfow preventers are indispensable to prevent contamination of the distribution network of the drinking water from entering from connected
user units (for example, washing machines, boilers, industrial plants, hospitals, laboratories, fre fghting plants).
For correct installation, it is necessary to install a flter upstream with respect to the backfow preventer, in order to prevent problems caused by dirt
and residual parts present in the piping, such as shut-off valves upstream and downstream with respect to the backfow preventer.
Accessories
Pre-assembled unit
Special version
Refer to specifcations on page 169
Series ECO3F backfow preventer, even if marked PN10 for the purposes of reference normative EN12729, due to its design and testing charac-
teristics is suitable for installation in frefghting networks with service pressure of 12 bar.
166
www.brandoni.it
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
R1.1
R1.3
R2.4
1
R2.5
4
4
2
3
6
S.9
S.11
R1.6
R2.2
S.6
R2.3
R1.2
S.5 S.4
R1.5
R1.4
S.10
S.8
S.7
S.2 S.1 S.3
R2.1
R2.7
R2.6
Flanged backfow preventer with controllable reduced pressure zone
Materials

1
2
3
4
5
6
R1.1
R1.2
R1.3
R1.4
R1.5
R1.6
R2.1
R2.2
R2.3
R2.4
R2.5
R2.6
R2.7
S.1
S.2
S.3
S.4
S.5
S.6
S.7
S.8
S.9
S.10
S.11
Component
Body
Bonnet
Bottom cap
Cover
Valve M/F
Drain conveyor
Upstream check valve seat
Upstream check valve flange
Upstream check valve shutter
Upstream check valve spring
Upstream check valve stem
Upstream check valve seal
Downstream check valve gasket
Downstream check valve plate
Downstream check valve shutter
Downstream check valve spring
Downstream check valve stem
Downstream check valve seal
Downstream check valve retaining ring
Equalizer
Equalizer bush
Lip seal
Membrane
Membrane bearing plate
Stem
Relief valve shutter
Relief valve spring
Relief valve seat
Relief valve ring nut
Relief valve seal
O-ring
Nuts and bolts
Material
DN 65 DN 80 DN 100 DN 150
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
AISI 304
Brass
Polypropylene
PPO Noryl CuSn5Zn5Pb5
OT CW 602N ADZ CuSn5Zn5Pb5
PPO Noryl CuSn5Zn5Pb5
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
POM Delrin CuSn5Zn5Pb5
OT CW 602N ADZ CuSn5Zn5Pb5
OT CW 602N ADZ CuSn5Zn5Pb5
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
AISI 304
OT CW 602N ADZ
PTFE + carbon
NBR
EPDM + Nylon
AISI 304
OT CW 602N ADZ
PPO Noryl
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ AISI 304
CUZn40Pb2
Silicon rubber
NBR
AISI 304
www.brandoni.it
167
Serie ECO 3F
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
F
Bv
G
1
A1
G
H
m
a
x

n x D
W
C
H
1
H
N
S2
S3
A
S1
Cat2011_ECO3F_p3.drw1_sezdim
F
Bv
G
1
A1
G
H
m
a
x

n x D
W
C
H
1
H
N
S2
S3
A
S1
Cat2011_ECO3F_p3.drw1_sezdim
Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)
DN 65 80 100 150
A 360 400 450 540
H 200 214 234 259
H1 290 341 347 370
N 137 157 163 186
W 189 230 230 276
S1/2/3 75/90/120
C EN1092 PN10 185 200 220 250
F 160 185 200 210
n x D 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22
DN 65 80 100 150
kg 30 40 46 73
Dimensions (mm)
DN 65 80 100 150
G 95 110 125 170
G1 168 195 224 300
DN 65 80 100 150
A1 742 802 904 1132
Hmax unit 200 219 239 290
Bv 170 206 206 285
kg 51 73 90 160
A1 990 1070 1180 1440
Hmax unit 200 214 234 259
Bv 230 280 360 560
kg 65 94 114 217
A1 990 1070 1180 1440
Hmax unit 247 300 322 408
Bv 160 200 200 250
kg 72 95 118 209
Serie ECO 3F pre-assembled unit
Serie ECO 3F backfow preventer
Unit with ball valves
Unit with gate valves
Unit with butterfly valves
168
www.brandoni.it
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
Flanged backfow preventer with controllable reduced pressure zone
Maximum pressure Temperature

Pressure 10 bar
Temperature min C MaxC
0 65

D
N
1
5
0
D
N
1
0
0
bar
mc/h 10 100
0.5
1.5
1
D
N
6
5
D
N
8
0
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Kv - DN chart
Minimum fow rate (mc/h) in function of head loss ( accorging to EN 12729:2002 )
DN 65 80 100 150
Kv 64 85 129 235
DN 65 80 100 150
Head loss 1 bar 35,8 54,3 84,8 190,9
Head loss 1,5 bar 47,8 72,4 113,1 254,5
www.brandoni.it
169
Serie ECO 3F
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
Back fow preventer
Versions
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Accessories
Special version
ECO 3 TEST
Pre-assembled unit
Control instrument. Composed of instruments, pre-assembled circuit, accessories for connection to the valve
and the instructions for the testing of the correct working of the back fow preventer.
ECO 3F
Homologated EN 12729
Body: EN GJL 250
Temp: 0 +65C
VALVE VALVE
FILTER
BACk FLOW PREVENTER
Unit composed of 2 shut-off valves (ball valves, butterfy valves or gate valves), 1 flter, 1 back fow preventer
170
www.brandoni.it
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
Flanged backfow preventer with controllable reduced pressure zone
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
NORMAL OPERATION: REGULAR FLOW
Under normal conditions, the relief valve is closed, and the water fows
through the 2 check valves (R1 and R2). Due to the head loss of valve 1,
the pressure in the intermediate section is at least 140 millibar less than
the upstream pressure.
This difference acts upon the membrane and closes the relief valve.
NO FLOW: NORMAL PRESSURE
The check valves (1 and 2) are closed and the relief valve remains closed.
BACK PRESSURE: DOWNSTREAM OVERPRESSURE
The downstream check valve (R2) closes, preventing potentially contaminated
water from fowing into the supply pipe. If the downstream check valve is not
perfectly watertight, the polluted water can seep into the central chamber.
As the pressure in the central chamber increases, the relief valve opens and
the polluted fuid discharges.
BACK-SIPHONAGE: UPSTREAM DEPRESSION
If the upstream pressure accidentally decreases, the check valves (1 and 2)
automatically close; so the pressure difference between the upstream section
and the central section is reduced; the spring opens the relief valve and the
central chamber empties.
Consequently, the fow between the upstream area and the downstream
area is interrupted, making it completely safe.
The empting of the central chamber causes a fall in pressure and brings the
valve back to the initial safety conditions.
Instruction and Recommendations
R1
R2
S
www.brandoni.it
171
Serie ECO 3F
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
IMPORTANT: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
A correct example of how to install the backfow pre-
venter is shown in Fig. A.
1. The device must be located in a common, easily ac-
cessible area of the building, it must be ventilated and
not subject to fooding. (The preventer should preferably
be placed outside building works and above the soil).
2. The backfow preventer must be located away from
every area that may be fooded, always considering
the highest level that water may reach in adjacent
areas, in case of frequent fooding.
3. Around the device, there must be enough room to
enable easy installation or removal.
It must be easily accessible for repair work and working
tests.
4. When the device is placed in an installation which
may pollute the drinking water supply network, all net-
works supplying sanitary or food processing systems
must be installed upstream with respect to the backfow preventer and the downstream network must be marked with the
conventional safety signs and colours, in accordance with UNI 5634P regulations.
5. The opening of the relief valve must enable the water to drain off as a result of gravity.
6. When running a test with the ECO3TEST device, pressure gauges must be at the same height as the backfow, to ensure
correct measurement by the differential pressure gauge.
7. The discharge device must not give off toxic fumes into the room. The discharged waters must not be harmful to the
environment: the health authorities should be consulted in the cases established by the current regulations.
8. The leakage recovery system, located under the bleed valve mouth, and the discharge water recovery works must
have a minimum section, corresponding to the following values:
DN 65 80 100 150
Internal diameter of drain pipe 75 / 90 / 120
0
,
5

-

1
,
5
m
0
,
5
m

m
i
n
0
,
5
m

m
i
n
Water
mains
FLOOR
CEILING
Drains
Discharge to drains
Maximum hight for
water mains and drains
FIG. A
3
3
2
2
1
1
1/2. Insert the upper cover
into the drain conveyor
3. Fix the cover to the
back fow preventer
with the plugs included
172
www.brandoni.it
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
Flanged backfow preventer with controllable reduced pressure zone
INSTALLATION
Follow the directions as shown in Fig B.
1. Install an interception valve x upstream with respect to the backfow preventer.
2. Install an interception valve y downstream with respect to the backfow preventer.
3. When the valves are closed install a strainer with a bleed plug upstream with respect to the preventer, making sure that
water fows in the direction indicated on the body.
WARNING
The strainer is essential if the preventer is to work properly. Make sure that, during the installation there are no residual parts
in the pipes that may serious damage to the device.
4. Install the backfow preventer between the strainer and the downstream valve, always following the direction indicated
on the body
5. Close valves 1-2-3
6. Remove the plastic protection cap located under the bleed valve
7. Fix the bleed pipe
8. Slowly open the upstream valve X
9. Slowly open the preventer valves, in the order 3-2-1, from downstream to up upstream; let them bleed, and close
10. Slowly open the downstream valve Y
11. The backfow preventer is now working. Make sure that the relief valve does not leak. In case of leakage, check if there
are pressure decreases in the upstream section.
FIG. B
CEILING
FLOOR
Discharge to drains
Water
mains DRAINS
www.brandoni.it
173
Serie ECO 3F
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE OF THE RELIEF VALVE
- Unscrew the cap bolts
- Take out and replace the CLOSING DEVICE S

MAINTENANCE OF THE UPSTREAM
- Unscrew the nut and take out the shutter of upstream valve R1
- Replace the seal
MAINTENANCE OF THE DOWNSTREAM
- Take out the upstream valve R2 by acting on the elastic ring
- Unscrew the nut
- Replace the seal
SPARE PARTS (CODES)
S
R1
R2
SPARE PARTS ECO3F.065 ECO3F.080 ECO3F.100 ECO3F.150
R1 K025996C80 K030996C80 K040996C80 K060996C80
R2 K025997C80 K030997C80 K040997C80 K060997C80
Rs K025998C80 K030998C80 K040998C80 K060998C80
Upstream valve seal 025071C70 030078C70 040078C70 060071C70
Downstream valve seal 025078C70 030071C70 040071C70 060078C70
174
www.brandoni.it
Serie ECO 3T
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n










E
U
R O
P
E

B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
Threaded end back fow preventer
with controllable reduced pressure zone
Application felds
FIRE FIGHTING WATER DRINKING WATER
www.brandoni.it
175
2
1
3
Serie ECO 3T
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n

In conformity with EN1717, BA type


Homologated in accordance to EN12729
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Threading: ISO228/1
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN12729

ECO3 TEST: control instrument
1. Very compact design, one of the shortest
backfow preventers, which allows
easy installation in limited spaces.
2. Test points ftted with mini-valves, for checking
the absolute and the differential pressure
in the upstream and intermediate areas.
Together with the ECO3 TEST, these allow
verifying the function of the backfow preventer.
3. DN 20-50: Easy maintenance due to removable
cover.
The threaded end backfow ECO 3F preventers, with controllable reduced pressure zone type BA EN1717 are approved in conformity with
EN12729 and are manufactured in accordance with the most severe product norms and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO
9001. The body of dimension DN 15 is made of brass and the body of dimensions DN 20-50 is made of bronze.
They consist of 2 spring check valves and a chamber situated in between the spring check valves, which contain a security valve, which in the
event of backfow, isolates the primary network from the user network.
The backfow might be caused by siphoning (the entry pressure decreases due to ruptures in the piping upstream, the water supply is inter-
rupted, draining off parts of the piping due to events upstream) or the build up of counter pressure (the pressure of the user network is higher than
the pressure in the primary network due to overpressure caused, for example, by incoming water pumped from a private water well).
Backfow preventers are indispensable to prevent contamination of the distribution network of the drinking water from connect user units (for
example, washing machines, boilers, industrial plants, hospitals, laboratories, fre fghting plants).
For correct installation, it is necessary to install a flter upstream with respect to the backfow preventer, in order to avoid problems caused by dirt
and residual parts present in the piping, such as shut-off valves upstream and downstream with respect to the backfow preventer.
Accessories
Pre-assembled unit
Special version
Refer to specifcations on page 180
Series ECO3T backfow preventer, even if marked PN10 for the purposes of reference normative EN12729, due to its design and testing charac-
teristics is suitable for installation in frefghting networks with service presure of 12 bar.
176
www.brandoni.it
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
S.7, S.8
S.1
S.3
S.2
1
3
3
5
6
4
10,11
11
R1
R2 8
9
7
12
S.4
S.5
Threaded end back fow preventer with controllable reduced pressure zone
Serie ECO 3T - DN 15

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
R1.1
R2.1
S.1
S.2
S.3
S.4
S.5
S.6
S.7
S.8
Component
Body
Bonnet
Valve M/F
Connection
Ring nut
Gasket
Spring
Downstream check valve bearing
Retaining ring
Spacer
Circlip DIN 472
Drain conveyor
Upstream check valve
Downstream check valve
Manifold
Shutter guide
Relief valve seal
Relief valve Shutter
Membrane
Relief valve spring
Hex nut
Membrane bearing plate
O-ring
Nuts and Bolts
Material
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT CW 602N ADZ
Brass
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT P/Zn40Pb2
EPDM
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
AISI 304
Polypropylene
POM
POM
PPO Noryl
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
OT CW 602N ADZ
Neoprene + Nylon
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT CW 602N ADZ
NBR
AISI 304
Materials
www.brandoni.it
177
Serie ECO 3T
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
3
1
2
4 5
S.7
S.5
S.4
S.1
S.2
S.3
R2.8
R2.1
R1.7
R1.5
R1.4
S.8
7
S.6
S.9
R2.2
R2.7
R2.4 R2.5
R2.3
R1.6
R1.2
R1.1
6
R2.6
R1.3
Serie ECO 3T - DN 2050

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
R1.1
R1.2
R1.3
R1.4
R1.5
R1.6
R1.7
R2.1
R2.2
R2.3
R2.4
R2.5
R2.6
R2.7
R2.8
S.1
S.2
S.3
S.4
S.5
S.6
S.7
S.8
S.9
Component
Body
Bonnet
Valve M/F
Connection
Ring nut
Gasket
Drain conveyor
Upstream check valve seat
Upstream check valve flange
Upstream check valve shutter
Upstream check valve spring
Upstream check valve stem
Upstream check valve seal
Upstream check valve retaining ring
Downstream check valve seat
Downstream check valve flange
Downstream check valve shutter
Downstream check valve spring
Downstream check valve stem
Downstream check valve stem guide
Downstream check valve seal
Downstream check valve retaining ring
Equalizer
Equalizer bush
Equalizer cap
Membrane
Stem
Relief valve shutter
Relief valve spring
Relief valve seat
Relief valve seal
O-ring
Nuts and bolts
Material
Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 EN 1982
Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 EN 1982
Brass
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT P/Zn40Pb2
CELFLEX
Polypropylene
PPO Noryl
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT CW 602N ADZ
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
AISI 302
Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 EN 1982
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT CW 602N ADZ
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
AISI 302
PPO Noryl
PTFE + carbon
OT P/Zn40Pb2
Neoprene + Nylon
PPO Noryl
PPO Noryl
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
NBR
AISI 304
Materials
178
www.brandoni.it
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
Bv
A
T
S
ECO3T DN15 ECO3T DN20-50
A
T
S1
S2
S3
A1
H
m
a
x
G
1
G
W
H
1
H
N
W
H
N
H
1
Bv
A
T
S
ECO3T DN15 ECO3T DN20-50
A
T
S1
S2
S3
A1
H
m
a
x
G
1
G
W
H
1
H
N
W
H
N
H
1
Dimensions (mm)
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50
T ISO 228-1 1/2" 3/4/" 1" 1" 1/4 1" 1/2 2"
A 174 258 258 357 357 428
H 58 107 107 140 140 159
H1 169 186 186 230 230 243
N 58 55 55 75 75 88
W 68 106 106 146 146 181
S1/2/3 50 63 75/90/120
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50
G 35 45 57 58 66 78
G1 70 90 110 120 140 160
A1 335 448 479 623 658 781
H max unit 58 107 107 140 140 159
Bv 100 115 115 150 150 180
kg 2 5 6 11 12,6 18,4
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50
kg 1,45 4 4 9 9 13
Serie ECO 3T - DN 15 Serie ECO 3T - DN 2050
Serie ECO 3T pre-assembled unit
Threaded end back fow preventer with controllable reduced pressure zone
www.brandoni.it
179
Serie ECO 3T
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
Maximum pressure Temperature

Pressure 10 bar
Temperature min C MaxC
0 65

D
N
2
0
D
N
5
0
1
D
N
4
0
bar
mc/h 0.6 10
0.5
1.5
1
D
N
1
5
D
N
2
5
D
N
3
2
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Kv - DN chart
Minimum fow rate (mc/h) in function of head loss ( accorging to EN 12729:2002 )
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50
Kv 1,76 6,7 9,7 13,5 25 38,6
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50
Head loss 1 bar 1,9 3,4 5,3 8,7 13,6 21,2
Head loss 1,5 bar 2,9 5,1 7,9/ 13 20,3 21,8
180
www.brandoni.it
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
Versions
Back fow preventer
ECO 3T DN2050
Body: Bronze
Temp: 0 +65C
ECO 3T DN15
Body: Brass ADZ
Temp: 0 +65C
Accessories
Special version
ECO 3 TEST
Pre-assembled unit
Control instrument. Composed of instruments, pre-assembled circuit, accessories for connection to the valve
and the instructions for the testing of the correct working of the back fow preventer.
Unit composed of 2 shut-off valves ( ball valves, butterfy valves or gate valves), 1 flter, 1 back fow preventer
VALVE VALVE
FILTER
BACk FLOW
PREVENTER
Threaded end back fow preventer with controllable reduced pressure zone
www.brandoni.it
181
Serie ECO 3T
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instruction for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
NORMAL OPERATION: REGULAR FLOW
Under normal conditions the relief valve is closed and water fows through
the 2 check valves (R1 and R2). Due to the head loss of valve 1, the pressure
in the intermediate section is at least 140 millibar less than the upstream
pressure.
This difference acts upon the membrane and closes the relief valve S.
NO FLOW: NORMAL PRESSURE
The check valves (1 and 2) are closed and the relief valve remains closed.
BACK PRESSURE: DOWNSTREAM OVERPRESSURE
The downstream check valve (R2) closes, preventing potentially contaminated
water from fowing into the supply pipe. If the downstream check valve is not
perfectly watertight, the polluted water can seep into the central chamber.
As the pressure in the central chamber increases, the relief valve opens
and the polluted fuid discharges.
BACK-SIPHONAGE: UPSTREAM DEPRESSION
If the upstream pressure accidentally decreases, the check valves (1 and 2)
automatically close; so the pressure difference between the upstream
section and the central section is reduced; the spring opens the relief valve
and the central chamber empties.
Consequently, the fow between the upstream area and the downstream area
is interrupted, making it completely safe.
The empting of the central chamber causes a fall in pressure and brings the
valve back to the initial safety conditions.
Instruction and Recommendations
R1 R2
S
182
www.brandoni.it
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
IMPORTANT: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
A correct example of how to install the backfow pre-
venter is shown in Fig. A.
1. The device must be located in a common, easily ac-
cessible area of the building, it must be ventilated and
not subject to fooding. (The preventer should prefer-
ably be placed outside the building works and above
the soil).
2. The backfow preventer must be located away from
every area that may be fooded, always considering
the highest level that water may reach in adjacent ar-
eas, in case of frequent fooding.
3. Around the device, there must be enough room to
enable easy installation or removal. It must be easily ac-
cessible for repair work and working tests.
4. When the device is placed in an installation which
may pollute the drinking water supply network, all networks supplying sanitary or food processing systems must be installed
upstream with respect to the backfow preventer and the downstream network must be marked with the conventional
safety signs and colours, in accordance with UNI 5634P regulations.
5. The opening of relief valve must enable the water to drain off as a result of gravity.
6. When running a test with the ECO3TEST device, pressure gauges must be at the same height as the backfow, to ensure
correct measurement by the differential pressure gauge.
7. The discharge device must not give off toxic fumes into the room. The discharged waters must not be harmful to the
environment: the health authorities should be consulted in the cases established by the current regulations.
8. The leakage recovery system, located under the bleed valve outlet, and the discharge water recovery works, must
have a minimum section, corresponding to the following values:
DN 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
Internal diameter of drain pipe 50 63 75 / 90 / 120
0
.
5
m

m
i
n
6
0
0
,
5

-

1
,
5
m
0
,
5
m

m
i
n
Water
mains
FLOOR
CEILING
Drains
Discharge to drains
Maximum hight for
water mains and drains
FIG. A
INSTALLATION
Follow the directions as shown in Fig B.
1. Install an interception valve X upstream with respect
to the backfow preventer.
2. Install an interception valve Y downstream with re-
spect to the backfow preventer.
3. When the valves are closed, install a strainer with
a bleed plug upstream with respect to the preventer,
making sure that water fows in the direction indicated
on the body.
WARNING. The strainer is essential if the preventer is to
work properly. Make sure that, during the installation,
there are no residual parts in the pipes that could
seriously damage the device.
4. Install the backfow preventer between the strainer
and the downstream valve, always following the direc-
tion displayed on the product.
5. Close valves 1-2-3
6. Remove the plastic protection cap located under the bleed valve.
7. Fix the bleed pipe.
8. Slowly open the upstream valve X.
9. Slowly open the preventer valves following the 3-2-1 order, from downstream to up upstream, let them bleed and close.
10. Slowly open the downstream valve Y.
11. The backfow preventer is now working. Make sure that the relief valve does not leak. In case of leakage, check if there
are pressure decreases in the upstream section.
FIG. B
Threaded end back fow preventer with controllable reduced pressure zone
www.brandoni.it
183
Serie ECO 3T
P
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
MAINTENANCE DN 15
MAINTENANCE OF THE BLEED VALVE
- Unscrew the bonnet bolts
- Take out and replace the
CLOSING DEVICE S
EXTRACTION OF THE CHECK VALVES
- Remove end connections
- Remove the circlips
- Remove the bonnet and the closing device
- Acting in the directions shown by arrows, remove the
upstream check valve R1 and the downstream check
valve R2
ASSEMBLING THE VALVES
- Acting in the directions shown by arrows, replace the upstre-
am check valve R1 and downstream check valve R2
- Put the circlips in place
- Put the closing DEVICE S in place and mount the bonnet
- Reassemble the end connections
SPARE PARTS (CODES)
MAINTENANCE DN 2050
MAINTENANCE OF THE BLEED VALVE
- Unscrew the bonnet bolts
- Take out and replace the
CLOSING DEVICE S
MAINTENANCE OF THE UPSTREAM CHECK VALVE
- Remove the retaining ring and take out the shutter of
upstream valve R1
- Unscrew the nut
- Replace the seal
MAINTENANCE OF THE DOWNSTREAM CHECK VALVE
- Remove the retaining ring and take out the upstream valve R2
- Unscrew the nut
- Replace the seal
SPARE PARTS (CODES)
S
S
R1
R2
R1
R1
R2
R2
SPARE PARTS ECO3T - DN15
R1 K005900C70
R2 K005910C70
S K005998C70
SPARE PARTS ECO3T.020
ECO3T.025
ECO3T.032
ECO3T.040
ECO3T.50
R1 K010996C70 K015996C70 K020996C70
R2 K010997C70 K015997C70 K020997C70
S K010998C70 K015998C70 K020998C70
Upstream valve seal 010071C70 015071C70 020071C70
Downstream valve seal 010078C70 015078C70 020078C70
Regulation
The regulation valves regulate the parameters
of pressure and fow.
These valves allow optimizing the circuits in
terms of safety, service, effciency and energy
saving by balancing, reducing, sustaining or
relieving the pressure and fow rate.
184
www.brandoni.it
WATER CONDITIOING
DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY
HEATING
FIRE FIGHTING
www.brandoni.it
185
Balancing valves
Regulation valves
Threaded pressure
reducing valves
Flanged pressure
reducing valves
Summary
Series Ekofux S
Series Ekofux M
Series 12.000 -13.000
Series 14.000
Series T15
Series F15
186
200
210
222
230
236
www.brandoni.it
186
CONDITIONING










E
U
R O
P
E

B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Flanged balancing valve
Application felds
HEATING
Serie Ekofux S
www.brandoni.it
187
Serie Ekofux S



R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN 558-1
Flanges: EN 1092,
Design: EN13445
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing according to EN 12266
The valves in the series EKOFLUX balance the fow in main circuits or single sections of heating or conditioning plants.
They allow correcting irregularities in the supply of the single users (irregularities which might cause noise and spoil the
components of the plant) and, as a result, improve environmental comfort, and optimize energy
consumption.
They perform shut-off and measuring functions. The continuous presetting function allows controlling the loss of pressure
and of the fow rate.
They can be installed indifferently on the supply piping and on the return piping.
Electronic instrument for measuring the
differential pressure, fow rate and balancing
of the circuit
Pressure gauge probe adaptor
Accessories
Refer to specifcations on page 195
4
5
2
6
1
7
3
1. Internal and external epoxy coating,
high temperature resistance, environmentally-friendly
water based paint.
2. Continuous pre-regulation allows controlling the
precise loss of pressure and fow rate.
The adjustable hand wheel allows reading the
position indicator in 4 different positions.
3. Self-sealing test point for quick-installing pressure
or temperature probes.
4. The pre-loaded spring maintains the hand wheel
position.
5. The shutter with EPDM seal produces a perfect seal,
when maintenance work is done on the system.
6. Stem seal with double o-ring.
7. Preset position memory: the preset value is maintained
also when the valve is moved.
www.brandoni.it
188
Flanged balancing valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
F
7
17
17
13
2
5
15
20
11
6
10
1
14
12
4
3
11
17
9
8
16
H
1
A
H
18
D n x
19
C
V
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 65 80 100 125 150
A EN 558-1/1 290 310 350 400 480
H 230 242 280 390 415
H1 99 108 124 148 172
V 130 130 130 200 200
C 185 200 220 250 285
F EN1092 PN16 145 160 180 210 240
n x D 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22
kg 17,7 19,9 26 36 64,9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Component
Body
Bonnet
Stem stopper
Spring
O-ring
Shutter
Shutter cover
Seal
Ring nut
Circlip
Thrust bearing ring
Retaining ring
Limiting screw
Plug
Shutter stopper
Screws
O-ring
Position indicator
Hand wheel DN 65-100
Hand wheel DN 125-150
Test point
Material
EN GJL 250
EN GJL250
CuZn40Pb2
AISI 302
EPDM
PPS
PPS
EPDM
CuZn40Pb2
AISI 302
PTFE
CuZn40Pb2
CuZn40Pb2
CuZn40Pb2
CuZn40Pb2
Stainless steel A2
EPDM
Polyamide
Polyamide
Steel, epoxy coated
CuZn40Pb2
Materials
www.brandoni.it
189
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n




Temperature min C MaxC
-10 140
Pressure/temperature chart
Flow rate deviation vs. regulation position
Flow tolerance depending on presetting
Maximum pressure Temperature
Fluids
Water, Glycol-water mix 16 bar
248 284
40
20
10
104 140
C 20 80
32
60
bar
-4
100 0 140
psi
120
F
145
290
320 212 176
-10
68
10
1
t
o
l
e
r
a
n
c
e

[
%
]
3 8.9
presetting
15
20
5
5 7
Flow tolerance depending on presetting
Serie Ekofux S
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while temperature
increases, please refer to pressure/temperature chart
www.brandoni.it
190
Flanged balancing valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Head loss
Head loss
Kv chart
( mc/h per bar )
Kv chart
( mc/h per bar )
Position
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
6
6.5
7
7.5
8
8.5
9
Kv
0
1,44
2,88
4,43
5,72
7,96
16,34
29,80
44,60
53,80
63,00
67,90
72,80
76,20
79,60
82,30
85,00
Position
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
6
6.5
7
7.5
8
8.5
9
Kv
0
0,31
2,94
5,58
14,70
36,33
55,00
72,10
84,30
95,72
100,40
103,40
106,40
111,30
116,20
121,10
126,00
DN 80
DN 65
0.1
1
1
10
10 100
mH2O
mc/h
23456
kPa
100
10
1
1
.
5
789
DN65
0.1
1
1
10
10
100
mH2O
mc/h
23456
kPa
100
10
1
789
DN80
www.brandoni.it
0.1
1
1
10
10 100
mH2O
mc/h
2345
kPa
100
10
1
1
.
5
67
89
DN100
191
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Head loss Kv chart
( mc/h per bar )
Kv chart
( mc/h per bar )
Position
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
6
6.5
7
7.5
8
8.5
9
Kv
0
5,16
13,42
23,09
32,80
48,08
70,50
104,20
132,50
144,00
155,50
158,75
162,00
165,00
168,00
177,00
186,00
Position
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Kv
0
6,52
10,34
19,40
86,80
126.00
158,70
185,80
202.00
217,80
231,90
248,20
259,00
268,40
DN 125
DN 100
kPa
100
1
1
1
0
1
0.1
100
10
10
mH2O
6
mc/h
10
7
DN125
8
1
3
5 4 3 2
1
2
1
.
5
Head loss
Serie Ekofux S
www.brandoni.it
192
DN150
mc/h
0.1
5
1
10
10 100
mH2O
2345
kPa
100
8
10
1
0
1
1
2
1
.
5
1
4
6
1
6
Flanged balancing valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Head loss Kv chart
( mc/h per bar )
DN 150
Position
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DN 150
0
26,66
34,27
70,50
158,00
220,62
276,70
302,79
327,30
346,27
370,63
388,88
416,27
431,56
456,16
471
486
www.brandoni.it
193
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Regulation chart - DN 65 / 85 / 100
30
20
3
2
3
1
1
2
3
4
4.5
5
1.5
2.5
3,5
6
8
9
7
10
20
15
30
25
40
35
50
45
80
60
70
90
100
l/s m /h kPa mH O
2
4
7
3.5
4.5
2.5
1.5
9
6
5
8
10
25
20
15
30
40
35
45
60
50
70
80
100
90
1
10
3
2
5
4
6
7
8
9
100
90
80
70
60
40
50
20
30
1000
300
200
500
400
600
700
800
900
10
0.1
1
0.3
0.8
0.9
0.4
0.6
0.5
0.7
1
2
3
4
7
6
5
9
8
10
kv
D
N

8
0
D
N

1
0
0
D
N

6
5
1.5
1.5
1.5
6
2
3
4
5
9
6
8
7
2
3
4
9
8
7
6
5
9
2
3
4
5
8
7
Serie Ekofux S
www.brandoni.it
194
Flanged balancing valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Regulation chart - DN 125 / 150
kv
2
3
1
1
2
3
4
4.5
5
1.5
2.5
3,5
6
8
9
7
10
20
15
30
25
40
35
50
45
80
60
70
90
100
l/s m /h kPa mH O
2
4
7
3.5
4.5
2.5
1.5
9
6
5
8
10
25
20
15
30
40
35
45
60
50
70
80
100
90
1
10
3
2
5
4
6
7
8
9
100
90
80
70
60
40
50
20
30
1000
300
200
500
400
600
700
800
900
10
0.1
1
0.3
0.8
0.9
0.4
0.6
0.5
0.7
1
2
3
4
7
6
5
9
8
10
20
30
3
15
D
N

1
5
0
D
N

1
2
5
1.5
2
3
4
5
8
6
10
7
2
3
4
9
8
7
6
5 9
12
13
11
10
11
12
13
1.5
14
16
www.brandoni.it
195
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Versions
EKOFLUX.S0
Body: EN GJL 250
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +140C
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Balancing valve
Accessories
Instrument for measurement
Electronic instrument for the measurement
of the differential pressure, the fow rate and
the balancing of the circuit.
Pressure gauge probe adaptor.
1/4 F brass body and stainless steel probe.
Adaptor
Serie Ekofux S
www.brandoni.it
196
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve: ensure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down, that
the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable and
caustic liquids. Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
Commissioning, decommissioning and maintenance interventions must be carried out by trained staff, taking account of
the instructions and local safety regulations.
ADVICE FOR PLANT LAYOUT
> In order to ensure that temperature and pressure limits are not exceeded, the system should be ftted with a thermostat
and pressure switches.
> Observe the following minimum distances between the valve and other system components.
ABOUT CAVITATION
NB: the fow must be free of cavitation.
As the liquid fows through the valve, as a result of section reduction, its velocity and its dynamic pressure increase, and the
corresponding static pressure decreases. If the static pressure value drops below the vapour pressure level, steam bubbles
will form. These bubbles will be carried away by the fuid, and implode when the static pressure exceeds the vapour pres-
sure again. Bubble implosion generates high temperatures and pressure shock waves locally, which will damage the valve
and cause vibrations and noise. Higher temperatures, lower static pressure and higher pressure drops across the valve
usually increase the risk of cavitation.
STORING
- Keep the valve in a dry place, protect from damage and dirt.
- Handle with care, avoid hitting, avoid knocks, especially on the weaker parts (hand wheel).
- Do not lift the valve by the hand wheel.
- Use suitable, sturdy packing for transport.
INSTALLATION
- do not lift the valve by the hand wheel.
- before installing, check that:
the piping is clean,
the valve is clean and undamaged,
the fange sealing surfaces are clean and undamaged.
- The valve is unidirectional; respect the fow direction indicated by the arrow on the body.
- Use suitable gaskets and check they are correctly centred.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installation of the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Avoid inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping which may
subject the installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects
as much as possible.
- Tighten the bolts crosswise.
- The position indicator may be set to 4 positions for an easier reading, without changing the valve preset regulation position.
(See fg.1)

Instruction and Recommendations
Flanged balancing valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

2DN 5DN 2DN 10DN
DISTANCE FROM UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM
Pumps 10 x DN -
Bends - Ts 5 x DN 2 x DN
www.brandoni.it
Remove the upper screw (v1, DN 65-100) or the hand wheel (v2 DN 125-150), and take the position indicator out by pushing
on its lower part.
Set the indicator position by rotating it by 90-180-270 (fg. 1C)
Put back in place, taking care to match gear toots on stem and hand wheel,
Replace the upper screw and the hand wheel (fg. 1D)
COMMISSIONING
- It is advisable to fush the system clean. Keep the valve fully open when fushing.
- If a system pressure test is required, the maximum allowed pressure PS may be exceeded by up to a maximum of 24 bar.
Pressure tests must be carried out at room temperature and with the valve fully open.
MEASURING
Pay close attention during measurement in the case of hot media.
- Pressure test plugs are self-sealing. Unscrew the pressure test plug cap and insert the probe (fg. 2A).
- Screw the probe ring nut to the pressure test plug (fg. 2B).
- We recommend placing an isolation valve (S) on the probe.
- After measuring, unscrew and extract the probe. Screw the plug cap back on.
197
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Istruzioni EkofluxS + M montaggio prese pressione
Serie Ekofux S
V2
V1
FIG.1A
FIG.1A
FIG.1B
FIG.1B
FIG.1C
FIG.1C
FIG.1D
FIG.1D
Push this side
Push this side
FIG.2A FIG.2B
www.brandoni.it
198
REGULATION CHART - UTILIZATION EXAMPLE
DATA: for a DN 65 valve, given a design fow rate
of 4.2 m3/h and a required pressure drop for balancing
of 15 kPa.
Draw a straight line (1) between the given values of fow
rate and pressure drop. From the intersection of this line
and the vertical line Kv, draw a horizontal line (2)
to meet the DN 65 bar.
The value read (e.g. 3.7) is the presetting position.

SETTING
Hand wheel mounting can be set for an easier reading, see chapter entitled Installation.
The regulation position can be read from the digital setting scales, showing basic settings (number of complete turns) and
fne setting (1/10 turn)(fg.3). Intermediate positions can be adjusted continuously.
Position 1.0 coincides with the valve being fully closed.
Presetting position can be retrieved by means of an adjustable stem travel stopper.
The number of turns between the fully open and fully closed positions is:
8 turns for DN 65-80-100
12 turns for DN 125
15 turns for DN 150
Given the fow rate and the required pressure drop, obtained from the regulation chart the setting position, (e.g. a preset-
ting position of 3,4 turns), the valve is set as follows:
Close the valve fully
Open to the calculated value, read on the digital scales.
Remove the upper screw.
With a fat head corkscrew, turn the inner stem travel stopper stem clockwise until it stops.
Replace the upper screw. Now the valve can be closed, but the set opening position cannot be overrun.
To check the setting position:
Close the valve fully
Open to the stop position. The presetting position is shown by the digital scales.
Flanged balancing valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
30
20
3
2
3
1
1
2
3
4
4.5
5
1.5
2.5
3,5
6
8
9
7
10
20
15
30
25
40
35
50
45
80
60
70
90
100
l/s m /h kPa mH O
2
4
7
3.5
4.5
2.5
1.5
9
6
5
8
10
25
20
15
30
40
35
45
60
50
70
80
100
90
1
10
3
2
5
4
6
7
8
9
100
90
80
70
60
40
50
20
30
1000
300
200
500
400
600
700
800
900
10
0.1
1
0.3
0.8
0.9
0.4
0.6
0.5
0.7
1
2
3
4
7
6
5
9
8
10
kv
8
6
D
N

8
0
D
N

1
0
0
D
N

6
5
1.5
2
3
4
5
9
6
8
7
1.5
2
3
4
9
8
7
6
5
1.5
9
2
3
4
5
7
1 2
Fig. 3-b Fig. 3-a
FINE SETTING
(1/10 turn)
BASIC SETTING
(number of complete turns)
FIG.3
www.brandoni.it
199
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT FACTORS
Previous charts are valid for water. If an antifreeze is added to water, the viscosity and specifc density change and this
causes a variation of the pressure drop, fow rate being equal, especially at low temperatures. Once you have the pressure
drop required to balance the water-antifreeze mix, in order to use the regulation chart, the pressure drop adjusted for pure
water must be calculated, by dividing the pressure drop by the adjustment factor. The adjustment factor is given by the
following formula:
f =Cx+b (where f=adjustment factor; X= glycol percentage; C, b = constants)
EXAMPLE: for a DN 65 valve, for water mixed with 40% ethylene glycol, temperature 50C, given a design fow rate of 4.3
m3/h and a required pressure drop for balancing of 15 kPa.
The adjustment factor is 1.083 (0.0043*40+0.911). Pressure drop adjusted for pure water is 15/1.083=13.85 kPa. Therefore, the
presetting position given by the regulation chart is 3.8.
CONVERSION OF UNITS OF MEASURE
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n



FROM MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN
kPa 0.01 bar
kPa 0.1097 mH2O
kPa 0.145 psi
m3/h 0.2778 l/s
m3/h 16.6667 l/min
m3/h 264.172 gph (US)
m3/h 4.402 gpm (US)
l/min 0.2642 gpm (US)
TO OBTAIN DIVIDE BY FROM

Temperature C
80
65
50
35
20
5
Ethylene glycol Propylene glycol
C b C b
0,0034 0,850 0,0030 0,850
0,0037 0,880 0,0040 0,880
0,0043 0,911 0,0050 0,911
0,0047 0,951 0,0061 0,951
0,0053 1,000 0,0069 1,000
0,0061 1,055 0,0073 1,055
Serie Ekofux S
200
www.brandoni.it










E
U
R O
P
E

B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Modulating differential pressure control valve
Application felds
Serie Ekofux M
CONDITIONING HEATING
PATEN
TED
www.brandoni.it
201
Serie Ekofux M

R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN 558-1
Flanges: EN 1092,
Design: EN13445
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing according to EN 12266
The modulating valves in series EKOFLUX M balance and control the differential pressure (DPVC), and the fow automatically
and proportionally.
The valve balances the fow in the main network or in the single units of a heating and/or conditioning system, it controls and
keeps the pressure differential of the user constant, in the range of 0.2 - 1.6 bar, reducing the risk of noise and wear of the
thermostatic control valves, and corrects the imbalances of the supply between the user units, allows greater environmental
comfort, in terms of optimisation of the energy consumption.
The valves perform shut-off and measuring functions.
Advantages: they allow reducing purchase costs, and installation and set-up times.
No need for an external energy supply.
Accessories
Refer to specifcations on page 205
1
3
2
4
6
5
Electronic instrument for measuring the
differential pressure, fow rate and balancing
of the circuit
Pressure gauge probe adaptor
1. Internal and external epoxy coating,
high temperature resistance,
environmentally-friendly water-based paint.
2. Self-sealing test points for quick connection pressure
or temperature probes.
3. The large diameter membrane allows accurate
measuring of the pressure
4. Differential pressure regulation screws.
The associated position indicator allows
easy setting of the differential pressure
5. Position indicator may be adjusted to 4 positions
for easy reading.
6. The shutter with EPDM seal produces a perfect seal,
when maintenance work is done on the system.
202
www.brandoni.it
Modulating differential pressure control valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
H
F
B
n x D
C
A
H
1
V
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 65 80 100
A EN 558-1/1 290 310 350
H 305 316 326
H1 310 400 414
B 200 242 242
V 200 200 200
C 185 200 220
F EN1092 PN16 145 160 180
n x D 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18
kg 24,2 30,6 36,1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Component
Body
Bonnet
Spring housing
Stems
Seal
Membrane
Spring
O-ring
Hand wheel
Material
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
Aluminium
CuZn40Pb2
EPDM
Reinforced EPDM
AISI 302
EPDM
Epoxy coated carbon steel
Materials
www.brandoni.it
203
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n




Temperature min C MaxC
-10 120
Pressure/temperature chart
Maximum pressure Temperature
Fluids
Water, water-glycol mix 16 bar
Serie Ekofux M
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while temperature
increases, please refer to pressure/temperature chart
Kv chart ( mc/h per 1 bar )
248 284
40
20
10
104 140
C 20 80
32
60
bar
-4
100 0 140
psi
120
F
145
290
320 212 176
-10
68
Position
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5,5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7,5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0
DN 65
0,0
0,9
2,4
3,4
5,3
7,4
10,0
13,5
16,0
18,4
23,2
28,7
32,5
36,4
40,8
42,8
44,1
46,2
47,6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Kv
DN 80
0,0
4,7
7,4
10,0
12,5
14,9
20,8
27,8
34,1
40,7
46,3
50,6
54,3
57,8
61,4
64,9
66,7
67,7
68,4
68,9
69,3
69,7
70,0
-
-
-
-
-
-
DN 100
0,0
6,3
8,8
12,1
17,7
22,8
27,0
32,4
42,8
52,2
58,5
63,6
68,7
74,7
79,9
83,6
87,1
90,6
94,1
97,3
99,7
101,5
102,8
103,8
104,4
104,9
105,3
105,4
105,5
204
www.brandoni.it
Differential pressure P (mbar)
CODE 200 300 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Portata l/h
EKOFLUX.ML06516
1.000 1.000 1.500 1.500 1.500
40.000 60.000 75.000 75.000 75.000
EKOFLUX.MH06516
1.500 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000
75.000 75.000 75.000 75.000 75.000 75.000
EKOFLUX.ML08016
1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500
55.000 70.000 85.000 85.000 85.000
EKOFLUX.MH08016
1.500 2.000 2.000 2.000 3.000 3.000
90.000 90.000 90.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
EKOFLUX.ML10016
2.000 2.000 2.000 2.000 3.000
120.000 120.000 120.000 120.000 120.000
EKOFLUX.MH10016
2.000 3.000 3.000 3.000 4.000 4.000
130.000 130.000 140.000 140.000 150.000 150.000
Modulating differential pressure control valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Working range
ATTENTION:
Minimum flow rate: indicated in italics
Maximum flow rate: indicated in italics, bold type
Refer also to Instructions and Recommendations: Regulation of the differential pressure
10%
Min. flowrate Max. flowrate
P
www.brandoni.it
205
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Serie Ekofux M
Versions
EKOFLUX.ML
Body: EN GJL 250
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
Controllable differential
pressure range: 0,2 0,8 bar
EKOFLUX.MH
Body: EN GJL 250
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
Controllable differential
pressure range: 0,4 1,6 bar
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Modulating differential pressure control valve
Accessories
Data of the project to be supplied while ordering
Instrument for measurement
Electronic instrument for the measurement of
the differential pressure, the fow rate and the
balancing of the circuit.
Capillary copper pipe, 4 mm diameter, 1 m length,
complete with G M fttings.
Different length on request.
Pressure gauge probe adaptor. 1/4 F brass
body and stainless steel probe.
Adaptor
Nominal fow
Differential pressure of the user unit P (refer to chart at page 206 fg.1)
Attention: In order to grant that valve works properly, it is important to assure that the differential pressure H user unit
connection to the riser (upstream of the valve) has at least the double value of the differential pressure P across the user unit
(H > 2,5 x P).
Included with the supply
206
www.brandoni.it
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve: ensure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down, that
the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable and
caustic liquids. Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
Commissioning, decommissioning and maintenance interventions must be carried out by trained staff, taking account of
instructions and local safety regulations.
ADVICE FOR PLANT LAYOUT
- In order to ensure that temperature and pressure limits are not exceeded, the system should be ftted with a thermostat
and pressure switches.
- Observe the following minimum distances between the valve and other system components.
- The valve MUST BE INSTALLED ON THE SUPPLY SIDE of the system and connected to the return pipe with a capillary pipe (fg. 1).
The capillary pipe connection is shown in fg. 2.
- In order to ensure that valve works properly, it is important to ensure that the differential pressure H user unit connection
to the riser (upstream of the valve) has at least twice value of the differential pressure P across the user unit
(H > 2,5 x P), see fg. 1.
The differential pressure H should not exceed 4 bar, if cavitation is to be avoided.
ABOUT CAVITATION
NB: the fow must be free of cavitation.
As the liquid fows through the valve, as a result of section reduction, its velocity, and its dynamic pressure, increase, and the
corresponding static pressure decreases.
If the static pressure value drops below the vapour pressure level, steam bubbles will form. These bubbles will be carried
away by the fuid, and implode when the static pressure exceeds the vapour pressure again. Bubble implosion generates
high temperatures and pressure shock waves locally, which will damage the valve and cause vibrations and noise.
Higher temperatures, lower static pressure and higher pressure drops across the valve usually increase the risk of cavitation.
Instructions and Recommendations
Modulating differential pressure control valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Capillary pipe
connection point

2DN 5DN 2DN 10DN
DISTANCE FROM UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM
Pump 10 x DN -
Bends, T-joints 5 x DN 2 x DN
FIG.1 FIG.2
www.brandoni.it
207
STORING
- Keep the valve in a dry place, protect from damage and dirt.
- Handle with care, avoid knocks, especially on the weaker parts (hand wheel).
- Do not lift the valve by the hand wheel.
- Use suitable, sturdy packing for transport.
INSTALLATION
- Do not lift the valve by the hand wheel.
- Before installation, check that:
The piping is clean
The valve is clean and undamaged
The fange sealing surfaces are clean and undamaged
- The valve is unidirectional. Respect the fow direction indicated by the arrow on the body.
- The valve has to be connected upstream of the components and connected to the return circuit by the capillary tube
(fg. 1). The placing area is indicated in fgure 2.
- Use suitable gaskets and check that they are correctly centred.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Avoid inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping which may
subject the installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects
as much as possible.
- Tighten screws crosswise.
NB: check that the hand wheel is fully open (complete anti-clockwise rotation)
- Position indicator can be set in 4 positions for an easier reading, without changing the valve preset regulation position.
(see fg.3):
Remove the hand wheel V and take the position indicator out by pushing on its lower part.
Set the indicator position by rotating it by 90-180-270 (fg. 3C).
Screw the hand wheel back on (fg. 3D), taking care to match the gear teeth on the stem and position indicator.
COMMISSIONING
- It is advisable to fush the system clean. Keep the valve fully open when fushing.
- If a system pressure test is required, the maximum allowed pressure PS may be exceeded by up to a maximum of 24 bar.
Pressure tests must be carried out at room temperature and with the valve fully open.
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Serie Ekofux M
V
FIG.3A FIG.3B FIG.3C FIG.3D
Push this side
208
www.brandoni.it

Modulating differential pressure control valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
MEASURING
Pay close attention during measurement, in the case of hot media.
- Pressure test plugs are self-sealing. Unscrew the pressure test plug cap and insert the probe (fg. 4A).
- Screw the probe ring nut to the pressure test plug (fg. 4B).
- We recommend placing an isolation valve upstream of the probe.
- After measuring, unscrew and extract the probe. Screw the plug cap back on.
Measuring the fow rate
Open the valve fully (complete anti-clockwise rotation).
Screw the pressure gauge connection to the pressure plugs.
Turn the hand wheel clockwise observing the pressure gauge connection. The gauge indicator is stable as long as the
fow rate does not change.
Stop turning as soon as the gauge indicator moves (differential pressure increasing).
Take note of differential pressure reading on pressure gauge.
Calculate the fow rate with the formula:
When the measurements have been done, put the valve in the fully open position (complete anti-clockwise rotation of
the hand wheel).
REGULATION OF THE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
- Open the valve fully (complete anti-clockwise rotation).
- Remove the upper cover P, fg. 5.
- Using a screwdriver with a fat head, unscrew air vent S and let any air out.
- Tighten until it stops turning, and replace the cover P.
- To regulate the differential pressure, turn the command screw X: turn clockwise to increase the differential pressure, up to
the preset value, as indicated in the operation feld chart, on page 204.
P (bar) Differential pressure reading on the pressure gauge
K
v
Coeffcient of fow rate, taken from the Kv chart on page 203, in
correspondence with the number of turns made, read on the hand wheel
position indicator
Q (m
3
/h) Coeffcient of fow rate
P Q=K
v

FIG.5
S
P
X
Istruzioni EkofluxS + M montaggio prese pressione
FIG.4A FIG.4B
www.brandoni.it
209
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Serie Ekofux M
SETTING
Hand wheel mounting can be set for an easier reading, see chapter entitled Installation.
The regulation position can be read from the digital setting scales, showing basic settings (number of complete turns) and
fne setting (1/10 turn) (fg. 6). Intermediate positions can be adjusted continuously.
Position 1.0 coincides with the valve being fully closed.
The number of turns between the fully open and closed positions is:
10 turns for DN65
12 turns forDN80
15 turns for DN100
SCHEME
In an heating/conditioning plant, because of the distance
of the pump and of the plant layout, happens that some
user units are subjected to a differential pressure higher than
the designed one and so receiving an excessive fow, while,
on other hand, others could not receive the design fow.
In fg. 7A is shown an example scheme; vertical rods
represent pressure upstream and downstream the user
units, and the rods red part represent the differential
pressure, which varies widely among the circuits
(P1-2 > P3-4 > P5-6 > P7-8 > P9-0).
The misbalancing in differential pressure and fow affects
negatively comfort (requested temperature are reached
after a long time, or not reached at all, unstable
temperature), as well the energy consumption and noisiness
and wear of user unit control valve.
Placing a balancing valve Ekofux M upstream of the user
unit, it creates a pressure drop (shown in green in fg. 7B),
that evens the misbalancing and allows to keep the
optimum differential pressure on the user unit control valve
(in red, P1-2 = P3-4 = P5-6 = P7-8 = P9-0).
A differential pressure control valve gives the further
advantage to keep constant the differential pressure
across the end user circuit also when occur modifcations
in the plant (e.g. end user circuit opening/closing,
temperature variations).
Fine setting
(1/10 turn)
Basic setting
(number of complete turns)
FIG.6
210
www.brandoni.it
DRINKING WATER
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Diaphragm or piston control valve
Application felds
Serie 12.000-13.000
WATER
www.brandoni.it
211
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN 558-1/1 (ex DIN 3202 F1)
Flanges: EN1092
Testing: EN12266 (ISO 5208)

1 2 3
4
7
5
6

Refer to specifcations on page 220


Pressure gauge
Position indicator and manual relief valve
V-Port
Springs
1. Face-to-face EN558/1-1 (ex DIN3202 F1).
2. Internal and external epoxy coating,
approved for contact with drinking water,
minimum thickness 200 m.
3. Continuous fow shaped internal section.
4. V-port in stainless steel; reduces risk
of cavitation.
5. Available with different springs for
the pilot circuit, to satisfy service and
regulating pressure requirements.
(See list on page 220)
6. Support for pressure gauge standard.
7. Position indicator and drain (optional).
Accessories
Serie 12.000-13.000
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
The diaphragm or piston-type, regulation valve operates as a continuous fow valve with a variable section. The fow is
opened, shut-off and regulated by the means of the membrane supported and guided by the stem-bonnet-spring unit
(version 12.000), or by the piston - V-port unit (series 13.000).
Suitable pilot circuits, installed on the body of the valve, allow all kinds of regulation.
Due to its natural variation, it is possible to control the pressure upstream as well as downstream, and to regulate the fow,
by monitoring the upstream and downstream pressure.
Principal functions: Automatic ON-OFF control Pressure regulation Pressure relief sustaining Level control Flow control
Shut-off for excess fow
These functions may be combined in a single valve.
The valves are suitable for application in water plants, generally.
Available for PN 10, PN 16 and PN 25. Sizes DN 50-DN 150 of article 13.000 are available also in PN 40.
212
www.brandoni.it
Diaphragm or piston control valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
5
3
11
4
2
10 9 1 8 7
6
13
A
H
C
B B
2
1 3 8 9
5
13
4
6
10
11
7
H
A
B B
C
1
2
.
0
0
0
1
3
.
0
0
0
www.brandoni.it
213
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Materials
Materials


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Component
Body
Bonnet
Shutter
Membrane support
Membrane
Bushing
Stem
Body seat
Retaining ring
Seal
Spring
Bolts and nuts
Pilot circuit
Component
Body
Bonnet
Shutter
Sliding ring
Lip seal
Bushing
Body seat
Retaining ring
Seal
V-port
Spring
Bolts and nuts
Pilot circuit
Material
EN GJS 400-12 / Carbon steel
EN GJS 400-12 / Carbon steel
Epoxy coated carbon steel
Epoxy coated carbon steel
Nylon reinforced Neoprene
Bronze
AISI 303
AISI 316
AISI 304
NBR
AISI 302
AISI 304
Nickel plated bronze pilot / Stainless steel hoses /
Nickel plated brass valves, filters and fittings

Material
EN GJS 400-12 / Carbon steel
EN GJS 400-12 / Carbon steel
AISI 304
PTFE
NBR
Bronze
AISI 316
AISI 304
NBR
AISI 304
AISI 302
AISI 304
Nickel plated bronze pilot / Stainless steel hoses /
Nickel plated brass valves, filters and fittings

Dimensions (mm)
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 700 800
A EN 558-1/1 230 260 310 350 350 480 620 730 850 1100 1250 1450 1650 1850
H with pilot circuit 220 250 280 310 380 420 520 60 740 810 890 970 1020 1070
B with pilot circuit 170 180 200 210 230 250 280 300 340 390 460 540 590 640
EN1092 PN16 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405 460 580 715 840 910 1025
C EN1092 PN25 165 185 200 235 270 300 360 425 485 620 730 845 960 1085
EN1092 PN40 165 185 200 235 270 300 - - - - - - - -
kg 20 24 30 43 48 90 142 230 380 550 860 1100 1450 1900
Weight (kg)
Serie 12.000-13.000
Serie 12.000
Serie 13.000
214
www.brandoni.it
Diaphragm or piston control valves
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Temperature min C MaxC
2 70
Maximum pressure
Application limits
Temperature
Article
12.000- 13.000 PN 16
12.000- 13.000 PN 25
13.000 PN40 (only for DN50-200)
Bar
16 bar
25 bar
40 bar
In order for the series 12.000 and 13.000 regulating valves to work perfectly, the following limits must be considered:
- Install in a horizontal position (indicate, when ordering, if the valve has to be installed in a vertical position)
- Suitable for drinking water or fltered water (fltration 2mm or less)
- Maximum fuid speed (continuous working) < 3.5 m/s
- Maximum fuid speed (peak service) < 5 m/s
- Minimum differential pressure for valves ON-OFF > 0.3 bar (3m H2O)
- Minimum differential pressure for regulating valves > 0.5 bar (5m H2O)
- Minimal inlet pressure > 0.5 bar (5m H2O)
- Pressure difference exceeding the ratio 3:1 between upstream and downstream value might cause cavitation and
consequently cause premature erosion of the components. Refer to the cavitation chart.
- Pilot circuit spring shall match operating conditions. Respect allowed regulation range.
Working range
Flow chart
DN Low h eadloss Recommended Irrigation - Firefighting Minimum allowed Maximum allowed
l /s m3/h l /s m3/h l /s m3/h l /s m3/h l /s m3/h
50 4,5 16 6,7 24 8,8 32 1 3,6 9,8 35
65 7,6 27 11,3 41 14,9 54 1,7 6,1 16,6 60
80 11,6 42 17,1 62 22,6 81 2,5 9,0 25,1 90
100 18,1 65 26,7 96 35,3 127 3,9 14 39,3 141
125 28,2 102 41,7 150 55,2 199 6,1 22 61,4 221
150 40,6 146 60,1 216 79,5 286 8,8 32 88,4 318
200 72,3 260 106,8 384 141,4 509 15,7 57 157,1 566
250 112,9 406 166,9 601 220,9 795 24,5 88 245,4 883
300 162,6 585 240,3 865 318,1 1145 35,3 127 353,4 1272
400 289 1040 427,3 1538 565,5 2036 62,8 226 628,3 2262
500 451,6 1626 667,6 2403 883,6 3181 98,2 354 981,7 3534
600 650,3 2341 961,3 3461 1272,3 4580 141,4 509 1413,7 5089
700 885,1 3186 1308,5 4711 1731,8 6234 192,4 693 1924,2 6927
800 1156,1 4162 1709,0 6152 2261,9 8143 251,3 905 2513,3 9048
v (m/s) 2,3 3,4 4,5 0,5 5
8 20 4 2
Downstream pressure (bar)
40
30
14
25
10
10
15
5
U
p
s
t
r
e
a
m

p
r
e
s
s
u
r
e


(
b
a
r
)
35
6 12
20
16 18
Cavitation risk
Area not available for operation
Operation area
In the non-available working area, the area
upstream / downstream pressure difference
will not allow the valve to operate properly.
A difference that exceeds the ratio 3:1
between the upstream and downstream
pressures will cause cavitation, and conse-
quently cause premature wear of the com-
ponents.
Avoid operating the valve when there is
a permanent risk of cavitation. The valve
might work for short periods under condi-
tions of slight cavitation.
www.brandoni.it
215
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Serie 12.000-13.000
5
0
0
5
8
4
0
0
1
2
5
2
0
0
3
0
0
7
0
0
6
2
2
5
0
10
1
10 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
m H2O
6
0
0
3
4
1
0
0
1
5
0
mc/h
8
0
8
0
0
6
5
5
0
Art.12.000
3
6
0
0
1000
10
5
4
2
5
0
2
mc/h
7
0
0
5
0
0
10
8
6
1
5
0
6
5
8
0
1
0
0
1
5
0
1
2
5
2
0
0
4
0
0
3
0
0
8
0
0
m H2O
Art.13.000
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar) - Head loss with completely opened shutter
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar) - Head loss with completely opened shutter
Kv - DN chart
Kv - DN chart
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 700 800
Kv mc/h 47 68 94 160 180 370 590 860 1260 1760 2800 3800 5100 6100
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 700 800
Kv mc/h 41 62 86 150 160 350 560 770 1070 1510 2250 3200 4200 4900
Serie 12.000
Serie 13.000
216
www.brandoni.it
Diaphragm or piston control valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Versions
Serie 12.100 - 13.100
Serie 12.120 - 13.120
Serie 12.200 - 13.200
Serie 12.219 - 13.219
Pressure reducing valves
These reduce the pressure to a preset value, regardless of any fow rate and
upstream pressure variation.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Upstream pressure value (min and max)
- Downstream pressure value
- Min/max fow requested
Pressure reducing and sustaining valves
These reduce and stabilize the pressure at a preset value, independently of the
variation of the fow and the variation of the upstream pressure.
They keep the upstream pressure value constant, at the preset value.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Upstream pressure value (min and max)
- Downstream pressure value
- Min/max fow requested
Pressure sustaining/relief valves
These keep the upstream pressure value at a preset value, and drain the excess
pressure downstream.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Pressure setting value (relief valve function)
- Upstream pressure to be maintained (maintenance of the upstream pressure)
Surge anticipator/pressure relief valves
These protect pumping systems against excess pressure caused an abnormal and
sudden interruption of the pumping (e.g. unforeseen power supply interruption).
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Hydraulic characteristics of the pump (Q, P, NPs/1)
- Static pressure
- DN, material, thickness, length of supply pipe up to the destination reservoir/tank
- Carried liquid
www.brandoni.it
217
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Serie 12.000-13.000
Serie 12.300A
Serie 12.400 - 13.400
Serie 12.410 - 13.410
Serie 12.460 - 13.460
Pressure relief angle valve
This version allows maintaining the preset upstream pressure value, while draining
the excess pressure downstream.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Maximum upstream pressure
- Min/max pressure to be regulated
Flow rate control valves
These automatically maintain a preset maximum fow rate, independently of the
upstream or downstream pressure variations. The nominal value is determined by the
calibrated aperture; this value can be increased or decreased by 30%, by turning
the pilot setting screw.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Maximum value of the fow to be limited
Flow rate control and pressure reducing valves
These automatically maintain a preset fow rate, independently of the upstream or
downstream pressure variations. The nominal value is determined by the calibrated
aperture; this value can be increased or decreased by 30%, by turning the pilot
screw.
These reduce and stabilize the downstream pressure, in line with the preset value,
independently of the fow rate and the pressure variation upstream.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Maximum upstream pressure
- Min/max pressure to be regulated
- Value of maximum fow to be limited
Flow limiting valve and min-max level control valves with
foating device
These keep the level in a tank between a minimum and a maximum value, and
automatically maintain a preset maximum fow rate value, independently of the
upstream or downstream pressure variations. The nominal value is determined by the
calibrated aperture; this value can be increased or decreased by turning the pilot screw.
NB: the maximum distance between the level control pilot and the valve must not
exceed 50 m.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Maximum fow value to be limited
- Maximum upstream pressure
218
www.brandoni.it
Diaphragm or piston control valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Versions
Serie 12.500 - 13.500
Serie 12.520 - 13.520
Serie 12.600 - 13.600
Serie 12.620 - 13.620
Float-controlled modulating valves (constant tank level)
These keep the tank level constant, by regulating the incoming and outgoing fows.
Level regulation is variable for 150 mm. The valve can be installed at the bottom of
the tank. The pilot must be installed inside the tank, or on the edge of the basin.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Minimum and maximum pressure values
Float-controlled modulating valves (constant tank level)
that keeps the upstream pressure constant
These keep the tank level constant, by regulating the incoming and outgoing fows.
Level regulation is variable for 150 mm. The valve can be installed at the bottom of
the tank. The pilot must be installed inside the tank, or on the edge of the basin.
This maintains the preset value of the upstream pressure.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Minimum and maximum pressure values
Min-max level control valves with foating device
When the maximum level is reached, the valve closes, and then reopens when the
minimum level is reached. Standard level range, from 100 mm to 700 mm.
Other ranges on request. The valve can be installed at the bottom of the tank.
The pilot must be installed inside of the tank or on the edge of the basin.
NB: the maximum distance between the level control pilot and the valve is 50 m.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Minimum and maximum pressure values
Min-max level control with foating device and upstream
pressure sustaining valves
s
When the maximum level is reached, the valve closes, and then reopens when the
minimum level is reached. The valve can be installed at the bottom of the tank.
The pilot must be installed inside the tank or on the edge of the basin. This valve maintains
and a preset value upstream, allowing the incoming fow to the tank to be controlled,
in order to prevent excessive fow, as a result of a drastic fall in pressure in the piping.
NB: the maximum distance between the level control pilot and the valve is 50 m.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Maximum working temperature
- Minimum and maximum pressure values
- Regulation range
www.brandoni.it
219
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Serie 12.000-13.000
Serie 12.800 - 13.800
Serie 12.900 - 13.900
Level control valves with altitude pilot
These maintain the tank or reservoir level between minimum and maximum values.
The valve and the altitude pilot are located at the bottom of the tank. The valve
is opened and closed using the static head between the valve and the reservoir/
tank.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Height of the tank
- Pressure
- Flow rate
Excess fow valves
These allow sectioning the piping, in the event of the fow speed being exceeded.
The valve is designed with the purpose of shutting off the pipeline in the event
of failure. It limits the damage caused by water, following a pipe fracture due to
earthquakes or landslides, etc.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Pressure
- Flow rate
Legend of the symbols used in the sketches
Pressure reducing pilot
Low pressure pilot
(anticipates water hammers)
Hydraulic synchronizer
Pressure sustaining pilot Excess fow pilot Blead cock
Flow limit pilot Filter Pressure gauge
Auxiliary pilot Ball valve Float + min/max level regulating pilot
Piezometric level control pilot Flow rate regulator Float + constant level regulating pilot
220
www.brandoni.it
Spring colour Regulation range
(bar)
Pressure Pressure
sustaining reducing
pilot pilot
White 0.5 - 2 0.5 - 3
Green 0.5 - 4 0.5 -6
Red 1 - 5 1 - 10
Black 1.5 - 8 1.5 - 12
Black + white 2 - 11 2 - 15
Yellow 4 - 17 5 - 20
Diaphragm or piston control valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Accessories
Pressure gauge
V-Port
Position indicator and
relief valve
Springs
Versions
Diaphragm control valve
Piston control valve
Coating: RAL 5005 colour
Coating: RAL 5005 colour
12.000
Body: EN GJS 400 or welded steel
Epoxy coated
PN: 10-16-25
Temp: +2 to +70 C
13.000
Body: EN GJS 400 or welded steel
Epoxy coated
DN 50 - DN 150: PN 40
DN 50 - DN 300: PN 25
Temp: +2 to +70 C
www.brandoni.it
221
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Serie 12.000-13.000
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a dry and closed place.
NB: handle the valve using the eye bolts provided; in any case, do not use the position indicator or the pilot piping to lift
the valve.
MAINTENANCE
After 5 months of service
Check and clean the flter in the main conduit, and at the same time, check the Y flter in the valves pilot circuit. If the pilot
circuit flter is clogged, the valve might not work properly.
After 12 months of service
Check and clean the flter in the main conduit and, at the same time, check the Y flter in the valves pilot circuit.
Check the internal components:
- Remove the pilot circuit
- Unscrew the bonnet bolts, remove the cover and extract the shutter unit.
- Check the single rubber parts, membrane and sealing in order to verify their condition, and if worn, establish a suitable
maintenance plan.
- Reassemble the shutter and the valve bonnet, taking care to tighten the bolts crosswise.
- Put the valve in service. This type of check allows establishing the necessary maintenance cycle of the valve under real
working conditions.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve, ensure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down, that
the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable or
caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
Warning: when requesting a quotation or placing an order, specify if the installation requires the main valve stem to be
horizontal (cover pointed sideways). The valve will be adapted accordingly, and ftted with an additional venting device
(venting cock installed at the top of the cover) to permit a simple release of air during the frst commissioning.
- Handle with care.
- Ensure there are no residual parts left in the piping, such as welding residues, plastic parts, mounting residues.
It is recommended that the piping be cleaned carefully, before installing the valve.
- In any case, we recommend ftting an adequate flter that can work under the conditions of the valve, as protection for it.
Furthermore, it is recommended that shut-off valves be installed upstream and downstream of the regulating valve, as well
as a suitable dismantling joint, in order to facilitate installation/disassembling/maintenance.
- Leave a suitable space around the valve to enable maintenance work and commissioning.
- Place the valve between the fanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve fanges. Check that
the seals have been correctly positioned. The distance between the counter fanges must be equal to the face to face
distance. Do not use bolts of the counter fanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross tightened.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Avoid inclination, twisting and misalignments which may subject the
installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much
as possible.
NB: The valve is unidirectional: respect the fow direction indicated on the body.
Instructions and Recommendations
222
www.brandoni.it
DRINKING WATER
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Needle valve
Application felds
Serie 14.000
WATER
www.brandoni.it
223
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Flanges: EN1092
Testing: EN12266 (ISO 5208)
2 5 1
3
4
Anti-cavitation device
Standard slotted cylinder (K20, K50, K100, K150)
are available with increasing anti-cavitation
resistance characteristics and head losses.
1. Face-to-face not standardized.
2. Internal and external epoxy coating,
approved for contact with drinking water,
minimum thickness 200 m.
3. The internal hydrodynamic profle and the
pressure equalization in the piston housing
allow precise and stable regulation,
even when the pressure is high and the
operating torque is low.
Absence of vibrations and noise.
4. All parts move on self-lubricating bronze
bushes, which prevents galling, and achieves
reliability even after a long period of inactivity.
5. Flange in accordance with ISO 5211:
equipped with gearbox (standard) possibility
of electric actuator mounting.
Accessories
Serie 14.000
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
The needle valve is mainly designed for water fow regulation in a pipeline. The fow regulation is achieved by the axial
movement of a piston, which is operated by a rod and crank mechanism.
The piston reduces the fow by closing in the fow direction, and operates in a housing with equalized pressure; this allows
the valve to operate in a stable and smooth manner, without vibrations and with a low operating torque. The regulation is
achieved with high head losses, when the valve is less than 40% open, and very low head losses, when the valve is more
than 50% open.
YES: for shut-off operation and for discharge to the atmosphere with high pressure differentials.
The valves are suitable for all kinds of water plants. Available for pressures up to 64 bar.
All sizes (DN) are supplied with a gearbox.
If necessary (because of the operating conditions), the shutter can be equipped with a stainless steel slotted cylinder (anti
cavitation device), which allows modulation of the energy dissipation, thereby achieving greater resistance to cavitation,
and modifcation of the regulating curve of the valve to meet the requirements of the plant.
Actuators

Gear box (standard)


Electric actuators
224
www.brandoni.it
Needle valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
6
5
9
13
12 10
3
2
4
8
11
1 7
B1
H
1
A
r
t
.

1
4
.
0
0
0

r
i
d
u
t
t
o
r
e

m
a
n
u
a
l
e
A
r
t
.

1
4
.
0
0
0

a
t
t
u
a
t
o
r
e

e
l
e
t
t
r
i
c
o
A
H
V
B
C
1
4
.
0
0
0

-

g
e
a
r

b
o
x
1
4
.
0
0
0

-

e
l
e
c
t
r
i
c

a
c
t
u
a
t
o
r
www.brandoni.it
225
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Serie 14.000
Materials

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Component
Body
Crank
Shutter
Seal ring
Seal retaining ring
Operating shaft
Rod
Wrist pin
Bush
Rails
Main seal
Lip seal
O-ring
Bolts and nuts
Material
EN GJS 400-12 / Carbon steel
Carbon steel Fe 360 B, nickel plated
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 420
AISI 420
AISI 420
Bronze
Bronze
PTFE
NBR
NBR
Stainless steel
Dimensions (mm)
DN 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 450 500 600
A Not standardized 260 300 325 350 400 450 500 600 650 700 800
H 200 200 220 220 220 260 260 260 260 260 300
B
With gear box 180 190 200 230 230 260 290 340 380 410 580
V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 500
H1
With electric actuator
320 320 320 380 380 420 420 420 480 480 500
B1 400 420 430 460 460 500 500 550 650 700 800
EN1092 PN16 200 220 250 285 340 405 460 580 640 715 840
C
EN1092 PN25 200 235 270 300 360 425 485 620 670 730 845
EN1092 PN40 200 235 270 300 375 450 515 660 685 - -
EN1092 PN64 215 250 295 345 415 470 530 670 - - -
kg
With gear box 35 45 50 75 130 150 200 350 400 550 960
kg
With electric actuator 40 50 60 85 140 165 230 380 450 610 1020
Weight (kg)
226
www.brandoni.it
Needle valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Temperature min C MaxC
2 40
Maximum pressure Temperature
Article
14.000 PN16
14.000 PN25
14.000 PN40
14.000 PN64
Bar
16 bar
25 bar
40 bar
64 bar
Selection of the valves and operation limits
- Maximum speed of the fuid < 7 m/s (N.B. the diameter DN of the needle valve is determined according to the required
operating conditions and not necessarily coincides with the diameter of the piping. Use the speed fow chart and select
preliminarily the DN of the valve, respecting the maximum limit of the fow speed. Check that head losses of the valve are
compatible with the selected diameter. If not, choose a higher DN).
- Opening angle of the needle valve/regulation valve: 1090%.
- Check the cavitation behaviour as described in the section Cavitation.
Speed - fow chart
max
10 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
m/s
2
3
4
5
10
1
mc/h
5
0
0
6
0
0
2
5
0
3
0
0
4
0
0
2
0
0
1
2
5
1
5
0
1
0
0
8
0
4
5
0
7
www.brandoni.it
227
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Serie 14.000
The head loss coeffcient () relative to the opening percentage, for the standard valve and for the versions equipped with
anti-cavitation device, is shown in the following chart:
Head losses for standard valve 100% opening Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Opening %
Std
K20
K100
K50
10
100
1000
10000
1
30 40 10 20 60 50 70 80 0 100 90
K150
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
m H2O
mc/h
1000
10
100
1
8
0
1
0
0
1
5
0
1
2
5
2
0
0
4
0
0
3
0
0
2
5
0
6
0
0
5
0
0
4
5
0
Kv - DN chart
DN 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 450 500 600
Kv mc/h 99 154 154 347 615 958 1410 2798 3140 3836 5484
The head losses, in all kind of position, might be calculated with the following formula:
P= Pin Pout =
(
Q
)
2

P= Pin Pout =
(
v
2
)

Kv
2g

DP, Pin, Pout (bar) pressure, head losses
Q (m
3
/h) fow rate
Kv (m
3
/h) fow rate coeffcient
head loss coeffcient
v (m/s) fow speed
g=9.81 (m/s
2
) acceleration of gravity
NOTE: Std = curve for standard valve (without anti-cavitation device)
K20, K50, K100, K 150 = curve relative to valve equipped with anti-cavitation device.
228
www.brandoni.it
Needle valve
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Cavitation
The speed of the fuid varies as it passes through the valve, reaching the higher values near the valve seat (due to the
fow section restriction, a.k.a vena contracta). This causes the static pressure to decrease, and the decrease is greater the
higher the differential pressure P across the valve.
In the case of a high P across the valve, the static pressure in the restriction can fall below the vapour pressure of the
liquid, and vapour bubbles will be formed.
When the fuid leaves the vena contracta the fow speed decreases, the static pressure increases and the vapour bubbles
implode. During this implosion process, high energy is released in a localized volume, producing pressure waves that cause
noise, vibrations and erosion of the valve and pipe walls. In the needle valve, implosion takes place at the centre of the
valve, far from the walls. This gives the needle valve an intrinsic resistance to cavitation.
To enhance cavitation resistance in the presence of extremely high pressure drops, valves can be equipped with an anti-
cavitation device (slotted cylinders that increase energy dissipation).
In order to check if the working conditions are at risk of cavitation and if an anti-cavitation is required, it is possible to
compare the cavitation index , with the critical value c, from the following formula.
In case < c no cavitation exists
0.2
0.8
0 100
1.0
0.4
10 40 30 20
1.2
0
60 50 80 70
1.4
0.6
1.6
90
Opening %
1.8
K150
K100
K50
K20
Std

=
P +
v
2

2g
Pout + Pa - Pv
( )
P (mH
2
O) Head loss across the valve (P= Pin-Pout)
Pout (mH
2
O) Downstream pressure
Pv (mH
2
O) Vapour pressure (0.2 mH
2
O for water at 10C)
Pa (mH
2
O) Absolute pressure (10 mH
2
O)
www.brandoni.it
229
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Serie 14.000
14.000
Body: EN GJS 400 or welded steel
Epoxy coating
PN: 10-16-25-40-64
Temp: +2 to +40 C
Versions
Coating: RAL 5005 colour
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a dry and closed place
NB: handle the valve using belts (ISO 4878) or eye bolts if present; in any case, it is forbidden to lift the valve at the gearbox
/actuator.
MAINTENANCE
Thanks to the design features and construction characteristics, the needle valve does not require periodic maintenance.
Also the construction of the gear box/actuator does not require lubrication or other maintenance.
NB. for any necessary intervention on the valve, it is absolutely essential to remove the valve from the piping!
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out any maintenance or dismantling the valve:
- ensure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down,
- that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable
or caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Ensure that there are no parts left in the piping, such as welding residues, plastic parts, mounting residues. It is recommen-
ded that the piping be cleaned/fushed carefully before the valve is installed.
- If the fuid contains a lot of residues (sand, small stones, etc), ensure that a suitable flter is installed upstream of the valve.
Furthermore, it is recommended that a suitable dismantling joint be installed, in order to facilitate installation/disassembling/
maintenance.
- Leave a suitable space around the valve to enable maintenance work and commissioning.
- Freezing of the water inside the valve causes irreparable damage. In risky environments, provide suitable insulation of the
valve or ensure that it is drained.
- It is recommended that a manometer be installed upstream and downstream of the valve in order to check that the
pressures are compatible with the characteristics of the valve.
- Place the valve between the fanges of the piping and install the seal between the pipe and valve fanges. Check that
the seals have been positioned correctly. The distance between the counter fanges must be equal to the valves face to
face distance. Do not use bolts of the counter fanges to bring the piping close to the valve. Tighten the bolts crosswise.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments may subject the installed val-
ve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much as possible.
NB. The valve is unidirectional: respect the fow direction indicated by the arrow on the body.
Instructions and Recommendations
www.brandoni.it
230
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Direct acting, pressure reducing valve, with piston, F/F threaded end
Application felds
Serie T15
WATER HEATING DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
231
Serie T15
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
In conformity with D.M. 174 Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Threading: ISO 228-1
Testing: tested according to EN 1567
The series T15 F/F threaded-end pressure reducing valves are suitable for reducing and controlling the pressure.
They are made of sandblasted or nickel-plated brass, and are available in 3 versions:
T15 A > PN15 without gauge connection
T15 B > PN15 with gauge connection
T15 C > PN25 with 2 gauge connections
Suitable for water and compressed air.
YES: for installation in water plants for single user units, boiler supplying plants, hydraulic plants with direct supply from main
water system.
They can be installed in a horizontal or vertical position.
T15 A
T15 B
T15 C
T15A.2G0
Body: Brass
Seal: NBR
PN 15
P. regulation downstream: 1 - 4 bar
Seat: Brass
T15B.2G0
Body: Brass
Seal: NBR
PN 15
P. regulation downstream: 1 - 4 bar
Seat: Brass
With gauge connection
T15C.2G0
Body: Brass
Seal: NBR
PN 25
P. regulation downstream: 0,5 - 6 bar
Seat: AISI 303
With 2 gauge connections
T15A.2N0
Body: Nickel plated brass
Seal: NBR
PN 15
P. regulation downstream: 1 - 4 bar
Seat: Brass
T15B.2N0
Body: Nickel plated brass
Seal: NBR
PN 15
P. regulation downstream: 1 - 4 bar
Seat: Brass
With gauge connection
T15C.2N0
Body: Nickel plated brass
Seal: NBR
PN 25
P. regulation downstream: 0,5 - 6 bar
Seat: AISI 303
With 2 gauge connections
Versions
www.brandoni.it
232
Direct acting, pressure reducing valve, with piston, F/F threaded end
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
T
A
r
t
.

T
1
5
A
A
r
t
.

T
1
5
B
A
r
t
.

T
1
5
C
A
H
T
T
H
1
A
H
2
A2
T

1
5

A
T

1
5

B
T

1
5

C
www.brandoni.it
233
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Materials
Serie T15

1
2
3
4
5
6
Component
Body
Metallic internal trim
Seat
Stem
O-ring
Plastic parts
Material
T15A, T15B
Brass CW617N UNI EN 12165
Brass CW614N UNI EN 12164
Brass CW617N UNI EN 12165
Brass CW614N UNI EN 12164
NBR
POM (acetal)
T15C
CW617N UNI EN 12165
Brass CW614N UNI EN 12164
AISI 303
Brass CW614N UNI EN 12164
NBR (1/2 - 2 1/2) / FKM (3 - 4)
POM (acetal)
Dimensions (mm)
DN 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
T ISO228/1 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4
A 60 60 60 - - - - - - -
H 93 93 93 - - - - - - -
H1 112 112 113 - - - - - - -
A2 75 75 85 89 125 130 138 145 177 190
H2 120 120 150 160 220 220 250 260 285 310
T15A 0,36 0,36 0,36 - - - - - - -
T15B 0,37 0,37 0,37 - - - - - - -
T15C - 0,79 1,30 1,34 2,55 2,56 3,10 4,10 5,52 6,97
4
"
1
1
/
2
"
1
"
0.6
1
100
2
"
3
/
4
"
10
3
"
1,5
0.5
0.7
3
/
8
"
2
"

1
/
2
0.4
l/min
bar
0.8
0.9
1
/
2
"
1
"

1
/
2
3
/
4
"
Serie 15A- T15B Serie 15c
1
"

1
/
4
1000
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Temperature

Pressure
Pressure
T15A, T15B
T15C
Maximum
15 bar
25 bar
Downstream regulation
1 - 4 bar
0,5 - 6 bar
NB: Do not exceed a pressure reducing ratio of 5:1
Temperature min C Max C (continuous)
0 80
Weight (kg)
www.brandoni.it
234
Instructions and Recommendations
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n

DN
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
T15 A - T15 B T15 C
l/min m3/h l/min m3/h
8 - 12 0,5 0,7 15 - 30 0,9 1,8
10 - 14 0,6 0,8 20 50 1,2 - 3
12 - 16 0,7 0,9 50 75 3 4,5
- - 75 95 4,5 5,7
- - 95 130 5,7 7,8
- - 110 140 6,6 8,4
- - 120 160 7,2 9,6
- - 140 180 8,4 10,8
- - 160 220 9,6 - 13.2
- - 200 - 260 12 15,6
OPTIMAL FLOW RATE RANGE
E S F
FIG. 1
FIG. 2
Direct acting, pressure reducing valve, with piston, F/F threaded end
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
CORRECT CHOICE OF THE PRESSURE REDUCER
In order to optimize operation, and reduce noise and head losses, the pressure reducer should be chosen in accordance
with the fow and not to the nominal diameter of the piping.
Choose the pressure reducer so that the fow rate falls within the ideal range shown in the following chart.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve:
- ensure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down,
- that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable
and caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
Series T15 pressure reducers are not affected by gravity; therefore they can be installed in any position.
- Respect the fow direction as indicated by the arrow on the body.
- The pressure reducing valve might be damaged by impurities in the water; in order to protect not only the pressure redu-
cing valve but also all devices installed downstream (thermostatic mixer, sanitary mixers, shower, etc), it is recommended
that a flter F be installed upstream of the pressure reducing valve.
When there are devices that produce or accumulate of hot water or piping exposed to thermal shocks in the downstream
circuit, it is possible for the pressure to increase downstream of the pressure reducing valve; this is not a sign of malfunctio-
ning of the pressure reducing valve but is due to the increase in the volume of water as a consequence of the variation of
its temperature; by installing a expansion tank, E, between the boiler and pressure reducing valve, the problem is avoided.
It is recommended that a security valve be installed in the circuit against water hammers, in order to avoid damage to the
internal parts of the pressure reducer due to violent pressure surges.

www.brandoni.it
Fig. 3A
G P
-
+
Fig. 3B
+
G
P
-
235
SETTING
NB: Do not exceed a pressure reducing ratio of 5:1.
- All pressure reducers are ex-works preset at 3 bar; the pressure of the outlet can be easily modifed once the pressure
reducing valve is installed.
Regulation for types T15A and T15B: to modify the outlet pressure, remove the black plastic cover: with a screwdri-
ver, turn the brass stem as shown in Fig. 3A; by turning clockwise the outlet pressure will increase, by turning anticlockwise,
the outlet pressure will decrease. The correct regulation of the pressure has to be done while circuit is closed downstream.
Regulation for type T15C: to modify the outlet pressure, unscrew the ring (G) and turn the stem P as shown in Fig.
3B; by turning clockwise, the outlet pressure will increase, by turning anti-clockwise, the outlet pressure will decrease.
The correct regulation of the pressure has to be done while circuit is closed.
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
FIG. 3A FIG. 3B
Serie T15
www.brandoni.it
236
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Flanged direct acting, pressure reducing valves with piston
Application felds
Serie F15
WATER DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
237
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Serie F15
The fanged, direct acting, pressure reducing valves, with piston, in the series F15 are suitable for reducing and controlling
the pressure.
They are made of ductile iron, with an epoxy coating suitable for drinking water.
They are available in PN 10 16, PN 25, PN 40 and for 2 regulation ranges of the outlet pressure.
YES: for water and compressed air
The pressure reducing valve is used to:
> Supply a low pressure network from a high pressure network
> Protect a delicate section of a plant or device
> In sanitary networks, to keep the pressure level under a maximum value
> In compressed air circuits, to keep the pressure constant, independently of any variation caused by compressors
> Downstream of tanks or accumulation basins, to reduce and stabilize the pressure of the distribution network.
F15.100
Versions
F15.100 - PN 10/16
Body: EN GJS 400
epoxy coated
Seal: NBR
Pressure regulation: 1,5 - 6 bar
F15.100 - PN 25
Body: EN GJS 400
epoxy coated
Seal: NBR
Pressure regulation: 5 - 12 bar
F15.100 - PN 10/16
Body: EN GJS 400
epoxy coated
Seal: NBR
Pressure regulation: 5 - 12 bar
F15.100 - PN 40
Body: EN GJS 400
epoxy coated
Seal: NBR
Pressure regulation: 1,5 - 6 bar
F15.100 - PN 25
Body: EN GJS 400
epoxy coated
Seal: NBR
Pressure regulation: 1,5 - 6 bar
F15.100 - PN 40
Body: EN GJS 400
epoxy coated
Seal: NBR
Pressure regulation: 5 - 12 bar
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN 558-1/1 (ex DIN 3202 F1)
Flanges: EN 1092
Testing: tested according to EN 1074
238
www.brandoni.it
Flanged direct acting, pressure reducing valves with piston
A
H
B
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Materials

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Component
Body and bonnet
Spring
Piston
Shutter seat
Shutter
Seal
O-ring
Nuts and bolts
Material
EN GJS 400-12
Stabilized Steel 55SiCr6
AISI 303
AISI 304
AISI 304 + Brass
NBR
NBR
AISI 304
DN 50 65 80 100 125 150
A EN 558-1/1 230 290 310 350 400 450
H 280 320 350 420 590 690
C PN10 83 93 100 117 135 150
kg 12 19 24 34 56 74
www.brandoni.it
239
Serie F15
100
2
mH2O
D
N
6
5
4
8
D
N
1
2
5
10 mc/h 50
0.8
D
N
8
0
5
200
0.6
10
D
N
1
0
0
20
5
D
N
5
0
1
6
0.5
3
1
D
N
1
5
0
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Temperature

Pressure
Pressure
F15.100 PN10-16
F15.100 PN25
F15.100 PN40
Maximum
16 bar
25 bar
40 bar
Pressure regulation downstream
From 1,5 to 6 bar (blue spring)
From 5 to 12 bar (red spring)
NB: Do not exceed a pressure reducing ratio of 5:1
Temperature min C Max C (continuous)
0 70
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
DN 50 65 80 100 125 600
Kv mc/h 20 47 72 116 147 172
Kv - DN chart
240
www.brandoni.it
Flanged direct acting, pressure reducing valves with piston
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
CORRECT CHOICE OF THE PRESSURE REDUCER
In order to optimize operation working, and reduce noise and head losses, the pressure reducer must be chosen in
accordance with the fow and not the nominal diameter of the piping.
Choose the pressure reducer, in order not to exceed the maximum fow rate indication in the chart.
This value may be exceeded, but it causes losses in the precision of the regulation, increases in head losses and noise.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling:
- ensure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down,
- that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable
and caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Install the pressure reducing valves in series F15 in a horizontal position, for the best working situation, in order to reduce wear
of the internal parts; if necessary, it is possible to install the pressure reducing valve in a vertical position.
- Before installing the valve, ensure that the piping is cleaned thoroughly in order to avoid damage to the internal parts of the
valve caused by residues and stones.
- Ensure that the size of the sump is suffcient, and that there is easy access to allow maintenance, cleaning operations and
checking the gauge connection; the sump must be equipped with a drain for the flter cleaning work.
- Respect the fow direction indicated by the arrow on the body.
- Install the pressure reducing valve between 2 shut-off valves, V, in order to allow maintenance work, and install a flter
upstream of the pressure reducing valve. Place a relief valve upstream of the pressure reducing valve, if the piping goes
upwards or is placed horizontally, or place it downstream, if the piping goes downwards.
Include a safety valve, S, downstream.
Instructions and Recommendations
DN
50
65
80
100
125
150
l/s
3,9
7,0
10,1
16,4
25,7
38,0
m3/h
14,0
25,2
36,4
59,0
92,5
136,8
MAXIMUM FLOW RATE
F V
V
S
FIG. 1
www.brandoni.it
241
Serie F15
R
e
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
SETTING
NB: Do not exceed a pressure reducing ratio of 5:1.
The setting has to be done under static conditions (fow = 0)
- By turning the screw clockwise, the downstream pressure will increase, by turning it anticlockwise, the downstream pres-
sure will decrease.
- Considering the pressure value downstream Pv, under working conditions (fow different from 0 value), the pressure reduc-
ing valve must be set at static pressure Po=Pv+DP (head loss).
Head loss DP can be considered to be 0.5 bar plus 5% of the value of the downstream pressure setting.
The admissible working conditions are shown in the following chart.
Impossible working
1 0 2 3 4 7 6 5 8 10 11 12
5
15
10
20
25
35
40
30
Cavitation risk
Regular working conditions
9
Filtration
242
www.brandoni.it
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING
INDUSTRY FIRE FIGHTING
The installation of flters is essential,
to protect pumps, valves, backfow preventers
and pressure reducing valves from dirt
(rust, welding residues) and solids in the plant.
They can be installed in line, or in aspiration
(for example, in association with a foot valve).
www.brandoni.it
243
Summary
Filters
Strainer baskets
Series 10.000

Series 11.000

Instruction / Recommendations
for series 10.000, 11.000

Series 50
244

248

253

254
www.brandoni.it
244
Serie 10.000
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Threaded Y strainer with drain
Application felds
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
245
Serie 10.000
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Threading: ISO 228-1
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266
The flters in series 10.000 are threaded Y flters, with a body made of CF8M stainless steel, which are manufactured in
accordance with severe product norms. They are a prerequisite for protecting pumps, valves, backfow preventers and
pressure reducing valves against dirt (rust, welding parts, solids).
The flters are suitable for chemical, food and industrial plants. Also for heating and cooling (HVAC), for the distribution of
water, and for agricultural purposes.
YES: installation in horizontal and vertical positions.
2
1
3
1. PTFE seals.
2. Plug for complete drainage in both positions,
horizontal and vertical.
3. Stainless steel slotted cylinder strainer.
www.brandoni.it
246
Threaded Y strainer with drain
H
I
I
d
H
1
A
T
1
3
4 5 4 2
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 7 10 15 20 25 32 40 50
T ISO 228/1 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
A 65 65 65 80 90 105 120 140
H 35 35 35 45 57 58 66 78
H1 56 70 70 90 110 120 140 160
d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
I 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
kg 0,25 0,21 0,22 0,36 0,69 0,76 1,22 1,79

1
2
3
4
5
Component
Body
Bonnet
Strainer
Seal
Plug
Material
ASTM A351 CF8M
ASTM A351 CF8M
AISI 316
PTFE
AISI 316
Materials
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
www.brandoni.it
247
Pressure/temperature chart
C
104
20 40 60 80 120
10
20
30
40
580
435
145
290
psi
100
140
140 160 180 200
bar
-20 0
-4 0 392 356 320 284 248 212 F 176 68
Serie 10.000
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Pressure

Temperature
Temperature min C MaxC
-20 200
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature increases;
please refer to pressure/temperature chart
2
"
1
"

1
/
4
0.1
1
/
4
"

-

3
/
8
"
1
/
2
"
1
"
100
3
/
4
"
10 1
1
"

1
/
2
10
mc/h
0.1
1
m H2O
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Kv - DN chart
Versions
10.000
Body: ASTM A351 CF8M
Filter: AISI 316
Temp: -20 +200C
With drain
DN 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2
Kv mc/h 3,5 3,5 4,5 5,7 7,9 16 23 36
Maximum pressure 40 bar
www.brandoni.it
248
Serie 11.000
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Flanged Y strainer with drain
Application felds
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY


















C
H I N
A
B
R
A
N
DO
N
I
m
ad
e
in
www.brandoni.it
249
Serie 11.000
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Face-to-face: EN558-1
Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266
The flters in series 11.000 are fanged Y flters, with a body made of CF8M stainless steel, which are manufactured in ac-
cordance with severe product norms. They are a prerequisite for protecting pumps, valves, backfow preventers and
pressure reducing valves against dirt (rust, welding parts, solids).
The flters are suitable for chemical, food and industrial plants. Also for heating and cooling (HVAC), for the distribution of
water, and for agricultural purposes.
YES: for installation in horizontal and vertical positions.
NO: for steam.

1. Face-to-face EN 558-1/1.
2. Plugs or mini-valves (1 pc up to DN 100,
2 for DN 125) for complete drainage
in both of the installation positions.
3. Strainer made of stainless steel metallic wire,
for minimizing head losses, equipped with
reinforced rings to prevent deformation
at high pressure.
4. Removable bonnet for inspection and maintenance.
www.brandoni.it
250
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
A
EN558/1 - 1
200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600 730 850 980 1100
H 75 90 95 110 125 145 170 205 245 285 320 360
H1 128 147 168 195 224 255 300 370 435 502 680 780
Diameter of wire, w 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 1 1 1 1 1
Mesh width, m 0,8 0,8 0,8 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6
C EN 1092 PN16 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405 460 520 580
F 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 355 410 470 525
n x D 4 x 19 4 x 19 4 x 19 8 x 19 8 x 19 8 x 19 8 x 23 12 x 23 12 x 27 12 x 27 16 x 27 16 x 31
T ISO 228/1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
Number of plugs 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Number of minivalves 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
kg 7,5 11 16 21 27 37 56 91 144 185 294 392
Flanged Y strainer with drain
6
1 3
2
4
5
H
H
1
T
A
w,m
n x D
C
F
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Component
Body
Bonnet
Strainer
Bonnet gasket
Plug
Mini-valves
Bolting
Material
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
AISI 304
EPDM
Galvanized carbon steel
Brass
Galvanized carbon steel
Materials
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
www.brandoni.it
251
Pressure/temperature chart
Serie 11.000
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Pressure Temperature
Temperature min C MaxC
-10 120

NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
3
2
D
N

2
5
0
mc/h
8
4
15
psi
14
20
1.4
7
21
D
N

1
0
0
D
N

2
0
0
D
N

1
2
5
5
D
N

1
5
0
D
N

5
0
D
N

6
5
D
N

8
0
2000 1000 300 500 200 100 50 30
0.7
10
0,6
0,8
0,5
1
10
6
m H2O
D
N

3
0
0
D
N

4
0
D
N

3
5
0
D
N

4
0
0
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Kv - DN chart


Fluids
Non-hazardous liquids 16 bar
290
bar
120
140 68
20 40 60 80
104
10
20
C
psi
100 -10 0
248 212 F 176
1
145
14 32
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
Kv mc/h 36 54 76 108 170 295 408 725 938 1233 1570 1850
www.brandoni.it
252
With mini-valve
With drain
Versions
11.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Strainer: AISI 304
Temp: -10 +120C
11.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Strainer: AISI 304
Mini-valve: ball valve M/F, in brass
Temp: -10 +120C
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
Flanged Y strainer with drain
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
www.brandoni.it
253
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
Keep in a cool and dry place.
MAINTENANCE
Ensure that the fltering strainer is kept clean: if the flter is not clean, this will compromise is action, and may cause deforma-
tions or ruptures.
The plugs and mini-valves allow complete drainage of the impurities in both of the installation positions.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve:
- ensure that the pipes, valves and fuids have cooled down
- that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, infammable
and caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping may subject the
installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much
as possible.
NB. These valves are unidirectional: install in accordance with the fow direction arrow indicated on the body.
Series 11.000: Place the valve between the fanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve fanges.
Check that the seals are positioned correctly.
The distance between the counterfanges must be equal to the valves face to face distance.
Do not use the bolts of the counterfanges to bring the piping close to them. The bolts must be cross tightened.
Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the valve.
DRAIN
The impurities may be drained completely in both of the installation positions.
Instruction and Recommendations for series 10.000 and 11.000
Serie 10.000 - 11.000
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
DN 125 400 2 plugs
DN 25 100 1 plug
www.brandoni.it
254
Serie 50.000
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Strainer baskets
Application felds
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY FIRE FIGHTING
www.brandoni.it
255
Serie 50.000
F
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
*
: larger sizes on request
The 50.000 series consists of strainer baskets, to be ftted on water inlets, foot valves or pump suctions.
The presence of strainer baskets prevents the aspiration of solids, which might damage components of the plant, such
as pumps, valves, backfow preventers and pressure reducing valves.
Flanged version in slotted sheet metal, galvanized carbon steel or stainless steel; suitable for fanges PN 10/16, and,
on request, for fanges ANSI 150. In conformity with 12845.
Threaded version from DN50 to DN100, in AISI 304 metallic wire, threaded connection in nylon. In conformity with EN 12845.
f
C
L
D
L
1
T
D1
DN* 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
C
EN 1092 PN10/16
165 176 202 212 242 276 332 385
L 80 100 120 150 175 200 250 300
D 111 131 148 168 198 222 278 329
f 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
T ISO 228/1 2" 2" 1/2 3" 4" - - - -
L1 85 85 105 118 - - - -
D1 62 81 93 117 - - - -
50.000 0,55 0,74 0,93 1,20 1,60 2,20 3,20 4,40
51.000 0,07 0,09 0,11 0,15 - - - -
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Versions
50.000
Flanged
Body: galvanized steel
51.000
Threaded connection in nylon
Body: AISI 304
52.000
Flanged
Body: AISI 304
53.000
Flanged
Body: AISI 316
Flanged
Threaded
Joints
256
www.brandoni.it
Elastic joints protect circuits from movements
and extension, compression misalignments
and bending.
Moreover, the joints absorb vibrations
and noise, and reduce the causes of water
hammers.
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING
DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
257
Summary
Series F8 - T8


Series W8
258




266
Rubber joints
Vibration-damping joints
www.brandoni.it
258
HEATING
Serie F8-T8
J
o
i
n
t
s
Elastic rubber joint
Application felds
WATER CONDITIONING DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
259
Serie F8-T8
J
o
i
n
t
s
Series F8.500 - T8.500
In conformity with Directive 102 of the
Italian Ministry of Health, of 2/12/78,
for migration into drinking water.
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Threading: ISO 228-1
Flanges: EN 1092
1. Reinforcing fabric.
2. Reinforcing retaining ring.
3. Swivelling fange in galvanized steel.
On request, AISI 316, drilling EN1092 PN16 or PN10;
on request, ANSI B16.5 cl. 150
4. Connection in galvanized iron;
on request, in AISI 304
Elastic joints protect the piping from extension, compression, misalignments and bending. Suitable for reducing vibrations
and noise absorption, allowing the further reduction of the effects of water hammers.
Available in versions:
F8 > flanged
T8 > threaded
YES: for water plants, pumping stations, conditioning and heating, industrial and agricultural applications, compressed
air circuits.
2
3
1
1
4
Control rod unit
Accessories
www.brandoni.it
260
Elastic rubber joint
J
o
i
n
t
s
n x D
F
C
2
1
4
3
A
A
r
t
.

F
8
A
r
t
.

T
8
1 5 7 2
6
T
A1
P
S
e
r
i
e

F
8
S
e
r
i
e

T
8
www.brandoni.it
261
Serie F8-T8
J
o
i
n
t
s

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Component
Body
Reinforcing fabric
Retaining ring
Flange
Union screw
Ring nut
Union flange
Material
F8.1 F8.5 T8.1 T8.5
NBR EPDM NBR EPDM
Nylon
Steel for spring
Galvanized carbon steel
Galvanized malleable iron
Galvanized malleable iron
Galvanized malleable iron
Materials
DN 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
A1 T8 165 175 186 186 200 218 26 - - - - - - - - - - -
T ISO 228-1 3/4" 1" 1" 1/4 1" 1/2 2" 2" 1/2 3" - - - - - - - - - - -
P 16 16 21 34 40 54 62 - - - - - - - - - - -
T8 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 - - - - - - - - - - -
F8 - - 8 8 8 12 12 12 16 16 20 20 20 25 25 20 20 20
T8 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 - - - - - - - - - - -
F8 - - 4 4 4 6 6 10 10 10 14 14 14 16 16 12 12 12
T8 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 - - - - - - - - - - -
F8 - - 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
T8 30 30 30 30 20 15 15 - - - - - - - - - - -
F8 - - 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
T8 0,58 0,90 1,25 1,72 2,75 3,60 5,20 - - - - - - - - - - -
F8 -PN10 - - 2,80 3,80 4,20 4,80 6,20 7,10 9,30 11,70 16,80 20,60 25,80 39,20 49,80 52 62,80 82,50
F8 -PN16 - - 2,80 3,80 4,20 4,80 6,30 7,20 9,30 11,60 17,50 25,50 31,50 44,10 53,80 61 82,20 120
A F8 - - 93 93 99 108 116 129 142 156 177 206 217 266 266 200 200 250
F
EN 1092
- - 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405 460 520 580 640 715 840
C
PN16
- - 100 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 355 410 470 525 585 650 770
n x D - - 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22 12 x 22 12 x 26 12 x 26 16 x 26 16 x 30 20 x 30 20 x 33 20 x 36
F
EN 1092
- - 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 395 445 505 565 615 970 780
C
PN10
- - 100 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 350 400 460 515 565 620 725
n x D - - 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22 8 x 22 12 x 22 12 x 22 16 x 22 16 x 26 16 x 26 16 x 26 20 x 30
Dimensions (mm)
Compression (mm)
Extension (mm)
Lateral defection (mm)
Angular defection (degrees)
Weight (kg)
www.brandoni.it
262
J
o
i
n
t
s
Elastic rubber joint


Maximum pressure
Minimum pressure (vacuum)
Temperature
Article
F8
T8
Article
F8
T8
Art. F8
28
87
142
psi
57
114
10
114
30 50 40 20 60 70 80 90 C
bar
50 F 194 176 158 140 68 104 122 86
16
12
8
4
10 C 90 80 70 60 20 40 50 30
bar
4
8
2
12
10
6
86 122 104 68 140 158 176 194 F 50
171
psi
228
171
114
57
100
212
100
212
NBR
EPDM
2
14
10
6
14
158
EPDM
60
171
100
68 104
8
6
30 80
140
NBR
2
16
228
Art. T8
86
10
50
12
20
57
4
psi
40
122
10
50
bar
C
194 176
70 90
F 212
Art. F8
28
87
142
psi
57
114
10
114
30 50 40 20 60 70 80 90 C
bar
50 F 194 176 158 140 68 104 122 86
16
12
8
4
10 C 90 80 70 60 20 40 50 30
bar
4
8
2
12
10
6
86 122 104 68 140 158 176 194 F 50
171
psi
228
171
114
57
100
212
100
212
NBR
EPDM
2
14
10
6
14
158
EPDM
60
171
100
68 104
8
6
30 80
140
NBR
2
16
228
Art. T8
86
10
50
12
20
57
4
psi
40
122
10
50
bar
C
194 176
70 90
F 212
Bar
16 bar DN 32-300
10 bar DN 350-600
16 bar
Bar
0,7 bar absolute
0,5 bar absolute
Temperature min C MaxC
EPDM -10 100
NBR -10 80
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
Pressure/temperature chart
Serie F8
Serie T8
www.brandoni.it
263
J
o
i
n
t
s
Serie F8-T8
D
N

2
5
0
D
N

1
2
5
10
1
100
1000
1000
D
N

6
5
10 100
D
N

1
5
0
D
N

2
0
0
mc/h
D
N

3
2
D
N

4
0
D
N

5
0
D
N

8
0
D
N

1
0
0
mmH2O
50 500 200 100 30
D
N

6
5
20 10 5 3 2 1
0,6
0,8
0,5
1
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
m H2O
mc/h
D
N

4
0
D
N

5
0

D
N

8
0
D
N

2
0
0,3
20
D
N

2
5
D
N

3
2
0,4
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Serie T8
Serie F8
Kv - DN chart
DN 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
F8 Kv mc/h - - 150,4 255 435 672 947 1508 2633 4261 5957 10510
T8 Kv mc/h 12 22 40 57 75 140 175 - - - - -
www.brandoni.it
264
F8.500
Body: EPDM
Flanges: galvanized steel
Temp: -10 +100C
T8.500
Body: EPDM
Connections:
galvanized iron
Temp: -10 +100C
J
o
i
n
t
s
Elastic rubber joint
Versions
Flanged
Threaded
F8.100
Body: NBR
Flanges: galvanized steel
Temp: -10 +80C
T8.100
Body: NBR
Connections:
galvanized iron
Temp: -10 +80C
F8.120
Body: NBR
Flanges: AISI 316
Temp: -10 +80C
T8.110
Body: NBR
Connections: AISI 304
Temp: -10 +80C
Accessories
F8. KIT
Control rod unit in galvanized carbon steel
T8.510
Body: EPDM
Connections: AISI 304
Temp: -10 +100C
F8.520
Body: EPDM
Flanges: AISI 316
Temp: -10 +100C
www.brandoni.it
265
J
o
i
n
t
s
Serie F8-T8
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
- Keep in a closed and dry place.
- Avoid exposure to direct sunlight.
INSTALLATION
- Control rods should be installed in case movement exceeds the values permitted, indicated in the product specifcations.
The use is recommended when there are pumps or other devices being installed on springs or other elements not fxed or
supported.
- Clean the surface before bringing the rubber and the fange into contact;
- Ensure that protrusions and sharp edges on the piping do not cause damage to the contact surface of the joint;
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the joint. Joints must be protected against sparks from any welding/
grinding jobs carried out nearby.
- Fit the screw to the fange, with the head of the screw in the direction of the joint,
to protect the rubber from damage (Fig. 1). Tighten the bolts crosswise.
- Do not install the joint in direct contact with a rubber surface
(for example, butterfy valves).
- Do not place gaskets between the joint and counter fange.
- Avoid exposure to direct sunlight. In the case of installing outside, protect the joint,
if necessary.
MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
INSTALLATION OF THE CONTROL ROD UNIT
The kit consists of:
1. Install the plates, P, on the counter fange (fg. 2)
2. Fasten rod A to the plate with two nuts on one side (for example, D2 fg. 2).
3. On the opposite side, regulate the distance between the nuts (D1) and the plate,
thereby the extension (L) and the compression limits (C) allowed for the joint.
Do not exceed the maximum allowed values, indicated in the product specifcations.

Instructions and Recommendations
D2 P A
L
C
D1
FIG.2
FIG.1
COMPONENT RODS PLATE HEX NUTS
Quantity 2 4 8
www.brandoni.it
266
J
o
i
n
t
s
HEATING
Serie W8
Vibration-damping rubber expansion joint
Application felds
WATER CONDITIONING DRINKING WATER INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
267
J
o
i
n
t
s
Serie W8
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):
Flanges: EN 1092
1. The metal reinforcing fange provides
the necessary resistance while installing.
2. Full bore, no local head losses.
3. Full EPDM rubber.
The joints in series W8 are made to absorb vibrations and noise.
YES: for water plants, pumping stations, conditioning and heating, industrial and agricultural purposes, compressed air
circuits.
NO: for absorption of extensions, tensions and misalignments.
1
2
3
www.brandoni.it
268
J
o
i
n
t
s
Vibration-damping rubber expansion joint
1
3
2
4
A
n x M
C
F
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
A 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 90
C EN1092 PN6 90 100 120 130 140 160 190 210 240 265 320
F 65 75 90 100 110 130 150 170 200 225 280
n x M 4 x M10 4 x M10 4 x M12 4 x M12 4 x M12 4 x M12 4 x M16 4 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16
I 14 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 20
C EN1092 PN10 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340
F 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295
n x M 4 x M12 4 x M12 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M20 8 x M20
I 14 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 20
W8 PN6 1,50 1,60 2,50 2,60 3,10 3,90 6,10 6,60 8,30 10,10 14,50
W8 PN10 1,80 2,40 3,40 3,90 4,50 5,50 5,90 7,50 8,70 11,10 16,20

1
2
3
4
Component
Body
Flange
Tie rod
Nut
Material
EPDM
Galvanized carbon steel
Galvanized carbon steel
Galvanized carbon steel
Materials
www.brandoni.it
269
J
o
i
n
t
s
Serie W8
Pressure/temperature chart
Art. F8
28
87
142
psi
57
114
10
114
30 50 40 20 60 70 80 90 C
bar
50 F 194 176 158 140 68 104 122 86
16
12
8
4
10 C 90 80 70 60 20 40 50 30
bar
4
8
2
12
10
6
86 122 104 68 140 158 176 194 F 50
171
psi
228
171
114
57
100
212
100
212
NBR
EPDM
2
14
10
6
14
158
EPDM
60
171
100
68 104
8
6
30 80
140
NBR
2
16
228
Art. T8
86
10
50
12
20
57
4
psi
40
122
10
50
bar
C
194 176
70 90
F 212
Pressure Temperature

Maximum pressure 10 bar
Temperature min C MaxC
-10 100

NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature
increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
Versions
W8.500
Body: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and
maintenance; it is also available on our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
NB: this item will not absorb extensions, stresses or misalignments.
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place. Avoid direct exposure to sunlight.
MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
INSTALLATION
- The joint must be free of tensile, torsion and bending stresses during installation.
Ensure that the piping is correctly anchored.
- Clean the surfaces before brining the rubber and the fange into contact.
- Do not allow any protrusions or sharp edges of piping to damage the contact surface of
the joint.
- Do not weld the fanges to the piping after installing the joint.
Joints must be protected against sparks coming from welding/grinding jobs carried out nearby.
- Choose the correct length of screw: if the screw too long, it might press the rubber and drive
it away from the fange. Install as shown in Fig. 1. Tighten the bolts crosswise.
- Do not install the joint in direct contact with a rubber surface (for example, butterfy valves).
- Do not place gaskets between the joint and counter fange.
- Avoid exposure to direct sunlight. In the case of installing outside, protect joint, if necessary.

Instructions and Recommendations
OK
NO
OK
FIG.1
Solenoid valves
Solenoid valves are electro-mechanical shut-off
valves used in the automatic control of fuids.
They are available for indirect, auctioning
(servo-commands), in either a normally closed
version, a or normally open version, and
in combined auctioning, in a version normally
closed.
The different seal allows compatibility with a
wide range of fuids.
The characteristics of the coils (voltage,
frequency) cover the main types of electrical
supply used for auctioning solenoid valves.
WATER CONDITIONING
HEATING INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
270
www.brandoni.it
271
Summary
Series 84

Series 86
Series 87

Coils
Instructions / Recommendations
for series 84, 86, 87
272

274
276
278
279
Solenoid valves
272
www.brandoni.it
Serie 84
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
Application felds
S
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

v
a
l
v
e
s
Solenoid valve, servo-actuated
www.brandoni.it
273
C
B
S
W
A
H
T
Serie 84
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Head loss Kv
T ISO228/1 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1
of internal orifice 15 20 25 32
A 36 38 53 53
H 80 85 95 100
C 150 150 170 170
B 95 105 115 140
SW 65 75 85 100
kg 0,68 0,66 1,1 1,2
mc/h 1,7 3,8 5 11

Maximum pressure Temperature
DN
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
Minimum*
0
0
0
0
Maximum
15 bar
15 bar
10 bar
10 bar
*
: Minimum pressure=0.
No minimum pressure need for correct working.
Temperature min C Max C
FKM -10 150
NC with FKM seal
Serie 84
Body: Brass CW617N
Magnetic parts: stainless steel
Membrane: FKM
Temp: -10 +150 C
The 84 series consists of solenoid valves, with mixed action, 2-way, normally closed (NC).
Threaded joints ISO228 BSP F/F, the body in brass CW617N, magnetic parts in stainless steel and the seal in FKM (Viton)
Suitable for thermo-hydraulic plants, dish washers, hydro cleaners.
YES: for water up to 150C.
NO: for gas and steam.
No need for a minimum operating pressure.
S
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

v
a
l
v
e
s
274
www.brandoni.it
Serie 86
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
Application felds
S
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

v
a
l
v
e
s
Solenoid valve, pilot-operated
www.brandoni.it
275
Serie 86
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Head loss Kv
T ISO228/1 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G11/4 G11/2 G2
of internal orifice 11,5 13,5 18 26 32 45 50
A 57 69 74 93 111 138 152
H 78,5 85,7 92,7 104,5 130 138,5 152
C 42 45 54,5 71 86,6 110 110
B 38,5 41 50,5 67,5 79,5 100 100
SW 24 30 36 45 55 62 75
kg 0,54 0,5 0,8 1,1 2,5 3 4,6
mc/h 1,7 3,8 5 11 17 27 36

Maximum pressure Temperature
DN
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
Minimum*
0,1
0,1
0,2
0,2
0,4
0,4
0,4
Maximum
15 bar
15 bar
15 bar
12 bar
12 bar
10 bar
10 bar
Temperature min C Max C
NBR -10 90
NC with NBR seal
The 86 series consists of pilot-operated solenoid valves, 2-way, normally closed (NC).
Threaded joints ISO228 BSP F/F, the body in brass CW617N, the magnetic parts in stainless steel and the seal in NBR.
Suitable for thermo-hydraulic plants, autoclaves, cooling plants, machine utensils, washing plants, irrigation plants,
hygienic-sanitary plants, hydro-cleaners.
YES: for water up to 90C.
NO: for gas and steam.
NB: the valves require a minimum pressure to work correctly.
S
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 86
Body: Brass CW617N
Magnetic parts: stainless steel
Membrane: NBR
Temp: -10 +90 C
*
: Minimum pressure shows minimum pressure supply for correct working.
C
B
H
T
A
S
W
276
www.brandoni.it
Serie 87
WATER CONDITIONING HEATING INDUSTRY
Application felds
S
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

v
a
l
v
e
s
Solenoid valve, pilot-operated
www.brandoni.it
277
C
B
T
H
A
S
W
Serie 87

Maximum pressure Temperature
DN
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
Minimum*
0,1
0,1
0,2
0,2
0,4
0,4
0,4
Maximum
15 bar
15 bar
15 bar
12 bar
12 bar
10 bar
10 bar
*
: Minimum pressure shows minimum pressure supply for correct working.
NA with NBR seal
The 87 series consists of pilot-operated, solenoid valves, 2-way, normally open (NA).
Threaded joints ISO228 BSP F/F, the body in brass CW617N, the magnetic parts in stainless steel and the seal in NBR.
Suitable for thermo-hydraulic plants, autoclaves, cooling plants, machine utensils, washing plants, irrigation plants,
hygienic-sanitary plants, hydro-cleaners.
YES: for water up to 90C.
NO: for gas and steam.
NB: the valves require a minimum pressure to work.
S
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

v
a
l
v
e
s
Serie 87
Body: Brass CW617N
Magnetic parts: stainless steel
Membrane: NBR
Temp: -10 +90 C
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
Head loss Kv
T ISO228/1 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1 G11/4 G11/2 G2
of internal orifice 11,5 13,5 18 26 32 45 50
A 57 69 74 93 111 138 152
H 78,5 85,7 92,7 104,5 130 138,5 152
C 42 45 54,5 71 86,6 110 110
B 38,5 41 50,5 67,5 79,5 100 100
SW 24 30 36 45 55 62 75
kg 0,54 0,5 0,8 1,1 2,5 3 4,6
mc/h 1,7 3,8 5 11 17 27 36
Temperature min C Max C
NBR -10 90
278
www.brandoni.it
Coil ISO228/1 G3/8 G2
B 28 30 36
L 22 40 47
H 29 39 39
D 10 14 14
Connector fast-on DIN 43650/B DIN 43650/A DIN 43650/A
kg 0,06 0,15 0,21
Accessories
Coil choices for series 84
Coil choices for series 86
Coil choices for series 87
Coils
S
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

v
a
l
v
e
s
Solenoid valves
D
A B
H
Dimensions (mm)
Weight (kg)
DN 3/8 1/2 3/4 1
DN 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 1 1/2 2
DN 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 1 1/2 2
230V CA 8000BH/230AC
110V CA 8000BH/110AC
24V CA 8000BH/24AC
24V CC 10000BH/24DC
230V CA 6000BH/230AC 8000BH/230AC
110V CA 6000BH/110AC 8000BH/110AC
24V CA 6000BH/24AC 8000BH/24AC
24V CC 6000BH/24DC 8000BH/24DC
230V CA 6000BH/230AC 8000BH/230AC 10000BH/230AC
110V CA 6000BH/110AC 8000BH/110AC 10000BH/110AC
24V CA 6000BH/24AC 8000BH/24AC 10000BH/24AC
24V CC 6000BH/24DC 8000BH/24DC 10000BH/24DC
www.brandoni.it
279
Coil ISO228/1 G3/8 G2
B 28 30 36
L 22 40 47
H 29 39 39
D 10 14 14
Connector fast-on DIN 43650/B DIN 43650/A DIN 43650/A
kg 0,06 0,15 0,21
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
OPERATING NOTES
Indirect action (or servo-controlled) solenoid valves: the opening/closing of the solenoid valve is brought about by a
membrane which is controlled by the equilibrium of the pressures in the upstream and downstream branches, and in a
compensation chamber situated above the membrane itself, on which a pre-load spring also acts. When the solenoid
acts, its opens or closes a compensation aperture, which varies the equilibrium of the pressures mentioned above, thereby
opening or closing the solenoid valve.
For this to work, a minimum input pressure is required.
Mixed action solenoid valves: these are similar to the indirect action solenoid valves, with the difference that the solenoid
is hooked to the membrane and frst causes it to open partially.
No minimum pressure is required for this to work.
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
MAINTENANCE
With regard to inspectionable solenoid valves, it is possible to disassemble the internal parts for maintenance.
The internal cleaning must be carried out carefully, in order not to damage the parts, such as the nuclei, membranes, seal
and seat of the seal.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve: switch off the electricity supply, ensure that the pipes, valves and
fuids have cooled down, and that the pressure has decreased.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Take account of the fow direction indicated on the body of the valve.
- Ensure that the circuit upstream of the solenoid valve is clean; dirt, rust, residues from welding and all particles entering the
solenoid valve will stop it from working correctly.
- Ensure that the electrical data on the valves indication plate corresponds to the electrical data of the supply.
- Place the solenoid valve as far away as possible from any heating, and in well ventilated area.
The best position for installation of the solenoid valve is with its axis horizontal and the coil placed on top.
NB: Do not install the solenoid valve with the coil placed below the valve (fg. 1)
Never supply a coil with electricity, without ftting it to a solenoid valve;
the coil will overheat quickly, and will be permanently damaged.
While ftting/dismantling, always act on the fxing points, on the body,
never on the coil.
Instructions and Recommendations for series 84 - 86 - 87
S
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

v
a
l
v
e
s
NO
FIG. 1
Serie 84 - 86 - 87
www.brandoni.it
Information
280
www.brandoni.it
281
Technical information
Commercial information
Summary
Flanges chart
Materials chart
Chemical compatibility of the
materials
Measurement conversion chart
Head loss defnition
Order /enquiry form
Return authorisation form
Article number composition
Sales conditions
282

283
284
286
287
288

289
290
291
282
www.brandoni.it
F
C
N x D

Legend
C External fange diameter
F Holes center distance
N Holes number
D Holes diameter
M Bolt size (metric)
T Bolt size (UNC, inches)
Flanges chart
PN 6 EN1092 - 1
PN 10 EN1092 - 1
PN 16 EN1092 - 1
PN 25 EN1092 - 1
PN 40 EN1092 - 1
ANSI 150 B16.5
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
C 80 90 100 120 130 140 160 190 210 240 265 320 375 440 490 540 595 645 755
F 55 65 75 90 100 110 130 150 170 200 225 280 335 395 445 495 550 600 705
N 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 12 12 12 16 16 20 20
D 11 11 11 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 18 18 22 22 22 22 22 26
M 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 20 24
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
C 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 395 445 505 565 615 670 780
F 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 350 400 460 515 565 620 725
N 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 16 16 20 20 20
D 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 22 22 22 22 22 26 26 26 30
M 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 27
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
C 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405 460 520 580 640 715 840
F 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 180 210 240 295 355 410 470 525 585 650 770
N 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 16 16 20 20 20
D 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 22 22 26 26 26 30 30 33 36
M 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 24 24 24 27 27 30 33
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
C 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 235 270 300 360 425 485 555 620 670 730 845
F 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 190 220 250 310 370 430 490 55 600 660 770
N 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 16 16 16 20 20 20
D 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 18 22 26 26 26 30 30 33 36 36 36 39
M 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 20 24 24 24 27 27 30 33 33 33 36
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
C 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 235 270 300 375 450 515 580 660 685 755 890
F 65 75 85 100 110 125 145 160 190 220 250 320 385 450 510 585 560 670 795
N 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 16 16 16 20 20 20
D 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 18 22 26 26 30 33 33 36 39 39 42 48
M 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 20 24 24 27 30 30 33 36 36 39 45
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
C 88,9 98,6 108 117,3 127 152,4 177,8 190,5 228,6 254 279,4 349,2 406,4 482,6 533,4 596,9 635 698,5 812,8
F 60,5 69,9 79,2 88,9 98,6 120,7 139,7 152,4 190,5 215,9 241,5 298,5 362 431,8 476,3 539,8 577,9 635 749,3
N 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 16 16 20 20
D 16 16 16 16 16 19 19 19 19 22 22 22 26 26 30 30 32 32 36
T 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 7/8" 7/8" 1" 1" 1"1/8 1"1/8 1"1/4
M 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 24 24 27 27 30 30 33
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
www.brandoni.it
283
Materials chart
Metallic materials
Plastic and elastometric materials
CEE GB S USA D F I E J
EN BS SS AISI/SAE W - nr. DIN AFNOR UNI UNE JIS
Steel -
-
-
-
-
-
-
080M15
080M30
080M40
-
4360 40C
-
1350
-
-
-
1312
-
-
1015
1030
1040
9260
A 573 - 81 65
A216 WCB
A 105
1.0401
-
-
-
1.0116
1.0619
-
C 15
CK 35
CK 40
-
St 37 - U
GS - C 25
-
CC 12
XC 32
XC 42
-
E 24 - 3
-
-
C 15
C 30
C 40
60 Si7
Fe 360C
C 25
C20
F.111
-
-
-
AE 235 C
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Stainless
Steel
-
58M
58E
-
58J
-
-
-
G-X6CrNiMo1810
302S01
303S21
304S15
304S12
316S16
316S13
416S21
420S37
316 C 16
2331
2346
2332
2352
2347
2353
2380
2303
-
302
303
304
304L
316
316L
416
420
A351 CF8M
1.4300
1.4305
1.4301
1.4306
1.4401
1.4435
-
1.4021
1.4408
X12CrNi189
X12CrNiS188
X5CrNi189
X2CrNi189
X5CrNiMo1810
X2CrNiMo1812
-
X2 Cr13
G-X6CrNiMo18
X15CrNi18 7
Z10CNF 18.09
Z6CN 18.09
Z2CN 18.10
Z6CND 17.11
Z2CND 17.12
Z12 CF 13
Z20C13
-
X15CN1809
X10CrNiS18 9
X5CrNi1810
X2CrNi1811
X5CrNiMo1712
X2CrNiMo1712
X12CrS13
X20Cr13
-
X15CrNi1808
F.3508
F.3551
F.3503
F.3543
-
-
-
-
SUS302
SUS303
SUS304
SCS19
SUS316
SCS16
SUS54
SUS52
-
Cast iron EN GJL 250
EN GJS 400-15
EN GJS 500-7
Grade 260
Grade 400 - 12
500/7
01-125-00
0717 - 02
0727-02
No 35 B
A536 60-40-18
A536 80-55-06
0.6025
0.7040
-
GG 25
GGG 40
GGG 50
Ft 25 D
FGS 400 - 12
FGS 500-7
G25
GS400
FG 25
FGE 38 - 17
FC 250
FCD 40
Brass CW617N
CW602N ADZ
CZ 122
CZ 132
CuZn40 Pb2
-
C37700
C35330
2.0402
-
CuZn40 Pb2
-
-
-
CuZn40 Pb2
-
-
-
C 3561
-
Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5-B 1400 LG2 CuSn5Zn5Pb5 C83600 2.1096 CuSn5ZnPb CuSn5Zn5Pb5 CuSn5Zn5Pb5 - CAC406
Aluminium-
Bronze
CuAl10Fe5Ni5-B 1400 AB2 CuAl10Fe5Ni5 C95800 2.0975 CuAl10Ni CuAl10Fe5Ni5 CuAl11Fe4Ni4 - CAC703
ISO 1629-1976
ASTM D-1418-79
Material designation Commercial designation
Elastomer NBR
FKM, FPM
CR
EPDM
IIR
CSM
MQ/MVQ
Acryl - Nitrile Butadiene Rubber
Fluorocarbon Rubber
Chloroprene Rubber
Ethylene - Propylene Rubber
Isoprene Rubber
Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Rubber
Silicon Rubber
BUNA-N, PERBUNAN-N, HICAR, BUTACRIL, JSR-N, NITRILE
VITON, FLUOREL, TECNOFLON , DAI-EL
BAYPREN, BUTACLOR, NAIRIT, CHLOROPRENE, NEOPRENE
KELTAN, NORDEL, VISTALON, BUNA-AP
BUCAR, POLYSAR, ENYAR, BUTILE, BUTILIC RUBBER,
HYPALON
SILASTIC, SILOPREN, BLENSIL
Plastics PTFE
PA 66
POM
Modified PPO
Polytetrafluoroethylene
Polyamide 66
Polyoxymethylene
Polyphenilene Oxide
TEFLON, LUBRIFLON, RULON, HOSTAFLON, VALFLON F
NYLON, ERTALON 66SA
DELRIN, ACETAL, POLYACETAL
NORYL
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
284
www.brandoni.it

P
T
F
E


N
B
R

V
I
T
O
N

E
P
D
M

C
R


(
N
E
O
P
R
E
N
E
)

V
M
Q


(
S
I
L
I
C
O
N
)

N
O
R
Y
L

G
G
2
5

G
G
G
4
0

B
R
A
S
S

B
R
O
N
Z
E

A
L
U
M
I
N
I
U
M
-


B
R
O
N
Z
E

C
A
R
B
O
N

S
T
E
E
L

A
I
S
I

3
0
4

A
I
S
I

3
1
6
Acetic Acid (Glacial) A D C B C B B D D C C C D B A
Acetone A D D A C D D B A A A A B A A
Acetylene A A A A B A A A B C C A A A
Alcohol, Benzyl A D A B B B A B A B A B A A
Alcohol, Ethylic A A A B A A A B A B A B B A A
Alcohol, Methyl A B B A A A A B A B A B B A A
Alcohol, Propyl A A A A A A A B B A A B B A A
Amines A D D B B A A A B A A A
Ammonia (10%) A D D A A A A A A D C B A A A
Ammonia, Anhydrous A B D A A A B D D A B C B A
Ammonia, Liquids A B C A A A A B A D B C A A
Aniline A D C B D B D B B D C C C A A
Anti-Freeze A A A A C A A A A A
Aromatic Hydrocarbons A D A D D D D A A A A A A A A
Benzene A D A D D D D B B B A A A A A
Bleach A C A B B D D A A
Brine A A A B C D C B B A C B A
Butane A A A D B A D A C A A A A A A
Carbon Dioxyde A A B B B A A B D A B C A A
Carbonic Acid A B A A A A A D D C D A B
Caustic soda (Hydrogen Hydroxide 20%) A A B A B A A B A A B D B A A
Caustic soda (Hydrogen Hydroxide 50%) A D C A C A A B B A B D B A B
Caustic soda (Hydrogen Hydroxide 80%) A D C C C A A B C B B D B A C
Chlorine Anhydrous Liquid A D A B D D C C D C C D D
Chlorine Water A D A C D D C C D D C C D D
Citric Acid A D A A A A A D D C C B C A A
Crude oil, sour (S>1%) A C A D C C C C B A A
Crude oil, sweet (S<1%) A C A D C C B B B A A
Detergents A A A A B C B C B A A
Diathermic Oil A A A D B B D B B B B A A A A
Diesel Fuel A B A D D D C A A A B C A A
Dyes A D A D C A C D B A A A
Ethane A A A D B B D B B B A A A B A
Fatty Acids A C A C B C C D D C C B C A A
Fluorine A D B C C D D C B D D
Formaldehyde A C D B D B A C D A A A B A A
Formic Acid A D C A D B A D D B B B B A B
Freon 11 A C B D D C C C B A A A A
Freon12 (Wet) A A A B B D B A A A A D
Freon 22 A D D A A D B A A A A A
Freon 113 A A B D A D C B A A A A
Freon T.F. D A A D A D C B A A A A
Fuel Oils A A A D B D D B B B B C A A
Gasoline A C A D D D D B A A A A B A A
Glycerine A A A A A A A B B B A B B A A
Glycol, Ethylene Glycol A A A A A A A B B B B A B A A
Hexane A A A D B B D B B A A A A A A
Hydraulic Oils (Petroleum) A A A D B B D B A B B B A A A
Hydraulic Oils (Synthetic) A C A C B B D B A B B B A A A
Hydrochloric Acid (20%) A C A A C C D D D D C A D D D
Hydrochloric Acid (37% Cold) A D B C D C D D D D C B D D D
Hydrochloric Acid (37% Hot) A C A C C C D D D D C A D D D
Hydrofuoric Acid (20%) A D A A C D D D D C D D D
Hydrofuoric Acid (75%) A D A C C D D D D C D D D
Hydrofuoric Acid (100% Cold) A D A C D D D D D C D D D
Hydrofuoric Acid (100% Hot) A D B D D D D D D C D D D
Hydrogen Gas A A A B A C B A D D A A
Hydrogen Peroxide (10%) A A B A B A A B A A B D B A A
Hydrogen Peroxide (30%) A D C A C A A B B A B D B A B
Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) A D C C C A A B C B B D B A D
Hydrogen Sulphide (Acqueous Solution) A C D A B C D D D C D A A
Hydrogen Sulphide (Dry) A D A C C C B C A C C A
Jet Fuel (JP3, JP4, JP5) A A A D D D D B A A B A A A A
Chemical compatibility of materials with the indicated chemicals
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
Legend
A No effect - Recommended
B Minor efect - Good
C Moderate effect - Fair
D Severe effect - Not suitable

www.brandoni.it
285

P
T
F
E


N
B
R

V
I
T
O
N

E
P
D
M

C
R


(
N
E
O
P
R
E
N
E
)

V
M
Q


(
S
I
L
I
C
O
N
)

N
O
R
Y
L

G
G
2
5

G
G
G
4
0

B
R
A
S
S

B
R
O
N
Z
E

A
L
U
M
I
N
I
U
M
-

B
R
O
N
Z
E

C
A
R
B
O
N

S
T
E
E
L


A
I
S
I

3
0
4

A
I
S
I

3
1
6
Kerosene A A A D D D D B A A B A B A A
Ketones A D D D D D D A A A B A A A
Laquers A D D D D D C C A A C A A
Laquer Thinner A D D A D D C A A C A
Lubricants A A A D D B D A A B B B A A A
Metalworking coolant, integral
Metalworking coolant, water emulsion.
Methane A A A D B B D B B B A A A B A
Mineral Oil A A A D B B D B A B B B A A A
Naphtha A B A D D D D B B B B A B A A
Naphthalene A D A D D D D B B B B A B A A
Nitric Acid (5-10% Solution) A D A B D D A D D D C D C A A
Nitric Acid (20% Solution) A D A D D D A D D D C D C A A
Nitric Acid (50% Solution) A D A D D D A D D D C D C A A
Nitric Acid (Concentrated Solution) A D B D D C C D D D C D C D B
Nitrous Acid A D B D D D A B D D C D C A A
Olive Oil A A A A B B D B A C B B B A A
Oleum (sulphuric acid 25%) A D A D D C C D C C C C B B
Palm Oil A A A B D A D C C B B C A A
Paraffn A A A D C A C B B A A A B A A
Pentane A A A D B C D B B A A A A C C
Phosphoric Acid (to 40% Solution) A D A B D D A D D D C D C B A
Phosphoric Acid (to 40-100% Solution) A D B B D D A D D D C D C C B
Phosphoric Acid (Crude) A D A B D D A C D D D D C D C
Plating Solutions: Chromium Plating A D C A D D C
Plating Solutions: Nickel Plating A A A A D C
Plating Solutions: Silver Plating A A A A A D A
Potash A A A B B D A B D B A A
Potassium Bicarbonate A A A A A A A B D B B B B A B
Potassium Hydroxide A B D A A C C C D B B B B
Potassium Permanganate A A A A A D B B B B B A B
Propane (Liquefed) A A A D B C D B B A A A B A A
Propylene Glycol A A A A C A A B B B A B B A
Rape Seed Oil A B A A D A D B B B B B B A A
Rust Inhibitors A A A C A A A
Sea Water A A A A B A A D D C B A D A A
Soap Solutions A A A A B A B B A A A A
Silicone Oil A A A A A D A A A A
Sodium Bicarbonate A A A A A A C C B B A C A A
Sodium Hydroxide (20%) A A B A B A A B A A B D B A A
Sodium Hydroxide (50%) A D C A C A A B B A B D B A B
Sodium Hydroxide (80%) A D C C C A A B C B B D B A C
Sodium Hypochlorite (to 20%) A C A A D B D D D C D D C C
Sodium Hypochlorite A B A A D B D D D C D D D A
Sodium Peroxide A C A A B D C D D C C A A
Sugar (Liquids) A A A C B A A C B A A D A A
Sulphur Dioxide A D A A B B D A D B C A A
Sulphuric Acid (to 10%) A C A D C C A D D D B B C C C
Sulphuric Acid (10-75%) A D A D C D B D D D B B C C B
Sulphuric Acid (75-100%) A D B D D D D D D D B B C C C
Sulphurous Acid A C A B B B C D C B C C B B
Tanning Liquors A C A B A B B A C A A
Transformer Oil A A A D B B D B B B B A A A A
Turpentine A D A D D D D B B B A B B A A
Urine A A A A D A C B B B C A A
Varnish (Use Viton for Aromatic) A B A B D D D C A A A A A
Water Acid, Mine A A C A B D A D C D C D A A
Water and Chlorine (Swimming Pool) A B A A C A A A A A
Water, distilled, demineralized, de-ionized A A A A B A A D D A A D A A
Weed Killers A B A C A A
White Water (Paper Mill) A A A A A
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
Legend
A No effect - Recommended
B Minor efect - Good
C Moderate effect - Fair
D Severe effect - Not suitable

286
www.brandoni.it
FROM MULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAIN
inches 0,0254 m, metres
inches 2,54 cm, centimetres
feet 0,3048 m, metres
feet 30,48 cm, centimetres
yards 0,9144 m, metres
square inches 0,00064516 m
2
, metri quadrati
square feet 0,09290304 m
2
, square metres
square inches 6,4516 cm
2
, square centimetres
square feet 929,0304 cm
2
, square centimetres
square yards 0,8361274 m
2
, square metres
l, litres 0,001 m
3
, cubic metres
gallons 0,003789412 m
3
, cubic metres
cubic yards 0,7645549 m
3
, cubic metres
cubic feet 0,02831685 m
3
, cubic metres
cubic inches 0,0000164 m
3
, cubic metres
cubic inches 16,38706 cm
3
, cubic centimetres
cubic feet 28,31685 l, litres
gallons
3,875412 l, litres

TO OBTAIN DIVIDE BY

FROM
FROM MULTIPLY BY
TO OBTAIN
ounces (avoidupois) 28,34952 gr, grams
ounces (troy) 31,10348 gr, grams
ounces (avoidupois) 0,02834952 Kg, kilograms
ounces (troy) 0,03110348 Kg, kilograms
ounces (avoidupois) 0,4535924 Kg, kilograms
pound per cubic inch 27,6799 g/cm
3
, grams per cubic centimetre
pound per cubic foot 16,01846 Kg/m
3
, kilograms per cubic metre
Kg, kilograms force 9,80665 N, Newton
lbf, pound force 4,448222 N, Newton
kgm, kilogrammo forza-metro 9,80665 Nm, Newton metre
pound force-foot 1,355828 Nm, Newton metre
lbf-inch, pound force-inch 8,851 Nm, Newton metre
calorie 4,19 Joule
watt hour 3600 Joule
pound-foot 1,355828 Joule
pound-foot /hour 3766161 Watt
horsepower 745,6999 Watt
horsepower
0,7456999 Kilowatt

TO OBTAIN DIVIDE BY

FROM
Measurement conversion chart
Pressure Temperature
Length, Area, Volume, Density
Mass, Force, Weight,
Torque, Energy, Power
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
FROM MULTIPLY BY

TO OBTAIN
Pa, Pascal 0,001 kPa, kiloPascal
Pa, Pascal 0,000001 Mpa, Mega Pascal
Pa, Pascal 0,00001 bar
Pa, Pascal 0,00010972 m
H2O
, metres of water
Pa, Pascal 0,000145038 psi, pound per square inch
bar 1,01325 atm, atmosphere
bar 0,980665 Kg/cm
2
, kilograms per square centimetre
bar 10,1972 m
H2O
, metres of water
bar 14,5038 psi, pound per square inch
atm, atmosphere 1,03323 Kg/cm
2
, kilograms per square centimetre
atm, atmosphere 10,3323 m
H2O
, metres of water
atm, atmosphere 14,6959 psi, pound per square inch
Kg/cm
2
10 m
H2O
, metres of water
Kg/cm
2
14,2233 psi, pound per square inch
m
H2O
1,42233 psi, pound per square inch

TO OBTAIN DIVIDE BY

FROM
TO CONVERT IN

APPLY
APPLY IN TO CONVERT

C, Celsius degrees
C, Celsius degrees
C, Celsius degrees
F, Fahrenheit
degrees
K, Kelvin degrees
F, Fahrenheit
degrees
R, Reamur degrees
R, Reamur degrees
C=K-273
C=
5 (F-32)
9
F=
9 C
-32
5
R=
4 C
5
K=C+273
R=
4 (F-32)
9
F=
9 R
-32
4
C=
5 R
4
www.brandoni.it
287
FROM MULTIPLY BY
TO OBTAIN
ounces (avoidupois) 28,34952 gr, grams
ounces (troy) 31,10348 gr, grams
ounces (avoidupois) 0,02834952 Kg, kilograms
ounces (troy) 0,03110348 Kg, kilograms
ounces (avoidupois) 0,4535924 Kg, kilograms
pound per cubic inch 27,6799 g/cm
3
, grams per cubic centimetre
pound per cubic foot 16,01846 Kg/m
3
, kilograms per cubic metre
Kg, kilograms force 9,80665 N, Newton
lbf, pound force 4,448222 N, Newton
kgm, kilogrammo forza-metro 9,80665 Nm, Newton metre
pound force-foot 1,355828 Nm, Newton metre
lbf-inch, pound force-inch 8,851 Nm, Newton metre
calorie 4,19 Joule
watt hour 3600 Joule
pound-foot 1,355828 Joule
pound-foot /hour 3766161 Watt
horsepower 745,6999 Watt
horsepower
0,7456999 Kilowatt

TO OBTAIN DIVIDE BY

FROM
Mass, Force, Weight,
Torque, Energy, Power
Head loss defnition
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
TO CONVERT IN

APPLY
APPLY IN TO CONVERT

K=C+273
FROM MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN
cubic metres/hour per bar 0,31 cubic metres/hour per mH2O
cubic metres/hour per bar 0,09 litre/second per mH2O
cubic metres/hour per bar 0,27 litre/second per per bar
cubic metres/hour per bar 1,17 gallons/ minute per PSI (Cv)
TO OBTAIN DIVIDE BY FROM
The total head or piezometric height expresses for a
fuid the principle of energy conservation (First Principle
of Thermodynamic); it is represented by Bernoullis trinomial.
In a generic section of a pipe the Bernoullis trinomial
is given by the summation of three terms (a potential
term, depending on position; a pressure term, a kinetic
term, dependig on fow velocity) and, without any
friction or turbulence, is constant for every section.
Loss of head represents the losses due to causes such
as: friction on the pipe wall (distributed loss of head,
depending mainly on pipe lenght and roughness), or
swirls and turbulence near inlets, outlets, diaphragms,
bends, changes of section (concentrated loss of head,
depending on fow velocity).
The concentrated and distributed losses of head cause
difference in the Bernoullis trinomial calculated in two
different sections, as shown in the following example.
As regards valves, only the concentrated losses of
head are considerated, and diagrams
Loss of head - Flow rate are given:
Loss of head could be expressed by the fowrate coeffcient
Kv, indicating the fowrate, in cubic metres per hour, that
fowing through the valve causes a loss of head of 1 bar.
The higher the coeffcient Kv, the lower the loss of head.
CONVERSION FACTOR
288
www.brandoni.it
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
Ordine - Purchase order
Richiesta dofferta - Ask for quotations
DATA - DATE ___________________ Pag _______
DATA DI APPRONTAMENTO PRESSO ROMAGNANO SESIA - DAY OF DELIVERY FCA ROMAGNANO SESIA ___________________________
TOTALE - TOTAL _____________________
Q.ty Prezzo - Price Totale - Total
Condizioni di esercizio - Working conditions:
Temperatura - Temperature
Pressione - Pressure
Fluido - Fluid
Verniciatura - Paint
Comando - Control
Materiale corpo - Body material
Materiale guarnizione - Gasket material
Materiale interni - Trim material
Scartamento - Face-to-face
Estremit - End connection
Codice - Code Descrizione - Description
Azienda - Company ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Indirizzo - Address ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Telefono - Phone _____________________________________________________________ Fax _____________________________________________________________
E-mail _____________________________________________________________ Sito web - Web site _______________________________________________________
P. IVA - VAT NUMBER ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Pagamento - Payment __________________________________________
Certificato - Certificate __________________________________________
Resa - Port __________________________________________________________
Imballaggio - Packing ___________________________________________
Banca - Bank ______________________________________________________
Conto corrente - Account
IBAN _________________________________________________________________
SWIFT CODE _______________________________________________________
Dati anagrafici per 1 ordine/richiesta - Company data required for 1st order/enquiry
CODICE CLIENTE (clienti registrati) - CUSTOMER CODE (registered customers)
Q.ty Prezzo - Price Totale - Total
Condizioni di esercizio - Working conditions:
Temperatura - Temperature
Pressione - Pressure
Fluido - Fluid
Verniciatura - Paint
Comando - Control
Materiale corpo - Body material
Materiale guarnizione - Gasket material
Materiale interni - Trim material
Scartamento - Face-to-face
Estremit - End connection
Codice - Code Descrizione - Description
www.brandoni.it
289
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
Ordine - Purchase order
Richiesta dofferta - Ask for quotations
DATA - DATE ___________________ Pag _______
DATA DI APPRONTAMENTO PRESSO ROMAGNANO SESIA - DAY OF DELIVERY FCA ROMAGNANO SESIA ___________________________
TOTALE - TOTAL _____________________
Q.ty Prezzo - Price Totale - Total
Condizioni di esercizio - Working conditions:
Temperatura - Temperature
Pressione - Pressure
Fluido - Fluid
Verniciatura - Paint
Comando - Control
Materiale corpo - Body material
Materiale guarnizione - Gasket material
Materiale interni - Trim material
Scartamento - Face-to-face
Estremit - End connection
Codice - Code Descrizione - Description
Azienda - Company ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Indirizzo - Address ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Telefono - Phone _____________________________________________________________ Fax _____________________________________________________________
E-mail _____________________________________________________________ Sito web - Web site _______________________________________________________
P. IVA - VAT NUMBER ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Pagamento - Payment __________________________________________
Certificato - Certificate __________________________________________
Resa - Port __________________________________________________________
Imballaggio - Packing ___________________________________________
Banca - Bank ______________________________________________________
Conto corrente - Account
IBAN _________________________________________________________________
SWIFT CODE _______________________________________________________
Dati anagrafici per 1 ordine/richiesta - Company data required for 1st order/enquiry
CODICE CLIENTE (clienti registrati) - CUSTOMER CODE (registered customers)
Q.ty Prezzo - Price Totale - Total
Condizioni di esercizio - Working conditions:
Temperatura - Temperature
Pressione - Pressure
Fluido - Fluid
Verniciatura - Paint
Comando - Control
Materiale corpo - Body material
Materiale guarnizione - Gasket material
Materiale interni - Trim material
Scartamento - Face-to-face
Estremit - End connection
Codice - Code Descrizione - Description
Richiesta autorizzazione al reso - Return authorisation request
Si prega di compilare attentamente questo
modulo in ogni sua parte
Da inviare via fax a Brandoni S.p.A. :
Fax +39 0163 834458
IN ASSENZA DI QUESTO MODULO LA DITTA
BRANDONI S.p.A. NON RITIRERA ALCUN TIPO DI
RESO
Please fill in every part of this form carefully
Fax to Brandoni S.p.A.:
Fax: +39-0163-834458
BRANDONI S.p.A. WILL NOT ACCEPT RETURN OF
ANY KIND OF GOODS WITHOUT THIS PRIOR ADVISE

La merce deve essere consegnata alla Brandoni S.p.A. in porto
franco. Nel caso il difetto sia imputabile ad unanomalia di
fabbricazione, sar nostra cura accreditarvi, oltre al materiale,
anche il trasporto.
Nel caso in cui, non venga riscontrato nessun difetto di fabbrica-
zione causato da Brandoni, il reso sar soggetto ad un addebito
del 10% per costi logistici ed amministrativi.
Vi preghiamo di imballare il materiale difettoso in modo
adeguato affinch non si danneggi durante il trasporto.
Lufficio Qualit della ditta Brandoni S.p.A. preposto al controllo
del reso, autorizzer, tramite lufficio commerciale, laccredito o
la sostituzione della merce previo controllo della merce stessa e
conseguente verifica di responsabilit da parte della ditta
Brandoni S.p.A. (in caso contrario i pezzi difettosi vi verranno
restituiti).
The goods must be delivered to Brandoni S.p.A. carriage free.
If it is subsequently discovered that the defect is due to a
production fault, we shall refund the transportation cost, as well
as replace the material.
In case it is not found any manufacturing defects caused by
Brandoni, the return is subject to a charge of 10% for logistical
and administrative costs.
Please pack the faulty material suitably to prevent it from being
damaged during transportation.
The Quality Dept. of Brandoni S.p.A. in charge of checking the
return, will, through the Commercial Dept., authorise the
crediting or replacement of the goods, after having checked
the goods themselves, and confirmed that Brandoni S.p.A. are
responsible (otherwise, the faulty pieces will be returned to you).
CLIENTE - CLIENT
Causale reso - Reason for the return Accredito - Credit Sostituzione - Replacement
Articolo - Article Quantit - Quantity Motivo reso - Reason for the return Rif. D.D.T.
Si autorizza il cliente al reso
The client is authorised to return goods
Il responsabile Assicurazione Qualit Brandoni S.p.A.
Quality Assurance Manager - Brandoni S.p.A.
DATA - DATE
290
www.brandoni.it
Article number composition
The codes of the actuators are not separately shown
as they are sold only in assembled units.
The actuator type is identifed in the code.
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
B 2 1 1 6 C N - 0 0 I 0 5 0 L
F 5 0 A - - 0 0 0 5 0 1 6
J 9 1 6 0 0 0 5 0 L 1
1 4 0 6 0 0 0 8 0 R 1
1 2 1 0 0 1 6 0 5 0
1 1 0 0 0 0 5 0 F 1
F 8 5 0 0 0 5 0 1 0
8 0 A C 4 1 4 N 8 2 3
2 0 9 1 6 E E 0 0 I 0 5 0 V
E K O 6 5 1 6 F L
E C O 3 F 0 8 0 E N
0 1 5 3 F 0 8 0 E N N
U X S 0 0
1 8 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 R
5 1 0 0 0 0 5 0
K 5 2 0 8 0
REGULATION
VALVES
SERIES
CONNECTION TYPE DN
SOLENOID VALVES
SERIES
POWER
SUPPLY
STRAINERS
SERIES
TYPE DN
NEEDLE VALVES
SERIES
CONNECTION TYPE DN
CONTROL
PRESSURE
REDUCING VALVES
CONNECTION TRIM
MATERIAL
SERIES DN
DIAMETER
SEAL
COIL
GASKETS
SERIES
DN
GASKETS
KIT
DN SERIES
BALL VALVES
SERIES
BODY
MATERIAL
BODY
MATERIAL
BODY
MATERIAL
BODY
MATERIAL
BODY
MATERIAL
BODY
MATERIAL
STEM
MATERIAL
BALL
MATERIAL
PAINT
DN
CONTROL CONTROL SEAL
SEATS
FLANGE
FINISH OR
THREAD
TYPE
CONNECTION
O-RING
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES * BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
SOFT SEATED
GATE VALVES
SERIES
SCREW
MATERIAL
WEDGE
MATERIAL
SCREW
TYPE
DN
SEAL
RUBBER
SURFACE
FINISH
KNIFE GATE
VALVES
SERIES
SEAL
MATERIAL
GATE
MATERIAL
DN
CONTROL
CONNECTION
CHECK VALVES
SERIES
SEAL
MATERIAL
SHUTTER
MATERIAL
DN
SPRING
FLANGE FINISH OR
THREAD TYPE
OPTIONAL
BUTTERFLY VALVES
SERIES
LINER
MATERIAL
DISC
MATERIAL
DN
JOINTS
SERIES
OPTIONAL
CONNECTION
MATERIAL
DN
CONTROL
CONNECTION
BALANCING
VALVES
SERIES
TYPE
SPRING
TYPE
DN
CONNECTION
BACK FLOW
PREVENTERS
SERIES
DN TYPE
CONNECTION
CONNECTION
CONNECTION
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
BODY
MATERIAL
* CODE to be indicated in the order/request form at page 288
www.brandoni.it
291
Sales conditions
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
1. Minimum amount
For orders up to 1.000,00 handling charges of 50,00 will be considered. The minimum order value is 500,00.
2. Packaging
1% on order volume for standard packing in boxes /pallets, depending on weight and destination of the goods.
3. Declarations of conformity
Declaration of conformity, certifcates EN 10204-2.1 and 2.2 - 10,00 each.
Certifcate EN 10204-3.1 has to be required while ordering - 30,00 each.
4. Prices refer to the current pricelist at the moment of the order, variations to prices indicated in the pricelist may be applied at
any time without prior notice.
5. All kinds of delay authorizes the customer to cancel the order but not to claim for any compensation nor to delay payments of
prior consignments.
6. Unless stated otherwise by written agreement, the delivery of the goods is FCA - Brandoni SpA - Via Novara 199 - I-28078
Romagnano Sesia (NO) - incoterm 2010 - and are shipped at purchasers risk and danger, even when they are on delivery and
the freight cost is charged to the client. The goods shipped are not covered by any form of transport insurance or insurance policy.
The supplier denies liability for any damage, failure, tampering or loss after the exit of the goods from the warehouse.
For any complaint or claims deriving from, or tied to, shipping and/or complementary and/or supplementary operations, the
purchaser has to address exclusively to the forwarder/shipping company or to third party responsible.
7. The warranty for manufacturing defects is two years after the shipment of the goods. The warranty is applicable only in case the
verifed defect is noticed within 8 days to the manufacturer.
Substitution of the claimed goods is free of charge in case manufacturing defect has been crosschecked. Brandoni SpA denies
any eventually additional cost relative to damages, interest rates or compensation requirements.
8. All payments have to be effected to Brandoni SpA registered offce.
Exceeding the date of maturity, Brandoni has the right to collect the entire amount without further delay adding late charges
considering the current bank rates. Furthermore, this might authorize Brandoni SpA to suspend pending orders.
9. For the installation of our products, the instructions and norms of use reported in our technical documentation have to be
observed strictly. At the same time, the technical documentation reports the performances of the product.
10. Disputes
1. If the contracting Party has its registered offce in Italy or in a country belonging to the European Community (except for
Denmark) any dispute will be settled by friendly negotiation, according to Italian D.lgs n. 28/2010, through the Adr Aequitas
body and following its rules. Should the friendly attempt for settlement fail, the competent court shall be exclusively the
Tribunal of Novara - Italy.
2. If the contracting Party has its legal seat in Denmark or in a Country not belonging to the European Community, any dispute
arising out of or related to the present contract shall be settled by arbitration under the Rules of the Milan Chamber of
Arbitration, by a Sole Arbitrator appointed in accordance with the Rules. Seat of Arbitration shall be Milan (Italy), language
of arbitration shall be English.
11. The present general sales conditions substitutes and cancel any prior issue of the same.
12. Brandoni SpA grants a two years warranty against manufacturing defects.
The warranty is valid only for adequately stocked and handled products according to the indication in our technical
documentation. Warranty will not be valid for modifed or dismantled/disassembled products.
13. The return of goods must be previously agreed with our Quality Department.
The customer will be charged for freight cost and 10% of the value covering handling fees.
14. In case technical assistance out of the warranty period is required, please refer to technical department.
NOTE DELIVERy TIME IS CALCULATED IN WORKINg DAyS AFTER RECEIPT OF THE ORDER AND DOES NOT CONSIDER TRANSIT TIMES.
Brandoni SpA reserves the right to make changes in design and/or construction of the products at any time without prior notice. The present
pricelist revokes any previous one. For further information, please refer to www.brandoni.it
Mod. 056

Вам также может понравиться